0612CT0101R0216 1000307577 Catalog

1000442451-Catalog 1 1000442451-Catalog_1 1000442451-Catalog_1 B2 unilog cesco-content

1000471463-Brochure 1000471463-Brochure 1000471463-Brochure B4 unilog cesco-content

161135-Catalog 161135-Catalog 161135-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

138556-Brochure 138556-Brochure 138556-Brochure B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-07-29

: Pdf 1000307577-Catalog 1000307577-Catalog B2 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 192 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame,

and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200

Circuit Breakers

Catalog

0612CT0101 R02/16

2015

Class 0612

CONTENTS

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Electronic Trip Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Accessory Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Trip Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................... 7

SECTION 2: ENERGY MANAGEMENT .......................................................................... 22

SECTION 3: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ................................................................. 39

SECTION 4: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 69

SECTION 5: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 72

SECTION 6: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 83

SECTION 7: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 92

SECTION 8: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 97

SECTION 9: ACCESSORIES .......................................................................................... 99

SECTION 10: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ........................... 119

SECTION 11: CIRCUIT BREAKER DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ................................. 126

SECTION 12: ACCESSORY DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ............................................ 164

SECTION 13: TRIP CURVES .......................................................................................... 171

SECTION 14: CATALOG NUMBERS ............................................................................. 185

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ...........................................................................7

Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Features and Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 7

Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 8

Codes and Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8

Circuit Breaker Ratings ................................................................................................................... 9

Enclosure Sizes ............................................................................................................................. 11

Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 11

Trip System ................................................................................................................................... 12

Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 13

Automatic Molded Case Switches .................................................................................................13

Internal Operating Mechanism ...................................................................................................... 14

Push-to-Trip Button ....................................................................................................................... 14

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections ................................................................................... 14

Catalog Numbering System .......................................................................................................... 16

Testing Requirements ................................................................................................................... 20

SECTION 2: ENERGY MANAGEMENT ...........................................................................22

Energy Management Using the Smart System ............................................................................. 22

On-Site Real-Time Monitoring and Control........................................................................ 23

On-Line Energy Management Services ............................................................................. 23

Smart System Communication Components ................................................................................ 24

FDM121 ............................................................................................................................. 24

FDM128 ............................................................................................................................. 24

Power Meter Functions ................................................................................................................. 25

Display Function ............................................................................................................................ 25

FDM121 Display Unit (One to One)................................................................................... 25

FDM128 Display Unit (One to Eight).................................................................................. 25

Measurement Function .................................................................................................................. 26

Histories ........................................................................................................................................ 28

Maintenance Indicators ................................................................................................................. 28

Management of Installed Devices ................................................................................................. 29

FDM121 Display ............................................................................................................................ 30

Main Menu ......................................................................................................................... 32

Fast Access to Essential Information................................................................................. 33

Access to Detailed Information .......................................................................................... 33

FDM128 Display ............................................................................................................................ 34

Main Menu ......................................................................................................................... 35

Fast Access to Essential Information................................................................................. 36

Access to Detailed Information .......................................................................................... 36

SECTION 3: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ..................................................................39

Type ET Electronic Trip System .................................................................................................... 39

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems ............................................................................................40

Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 44

Ammeter Measurements.................................................................................................... 44

Communication Network.................................................................................................... 44

Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 46

Maintenance Record.......................................................................................................... 46

Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters ................................................................. 46

Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts.................................................................. 47

Real-Time Metering ........................................................................................................... 49

Demand Metering .............................................................................................................. 49

Metering ............................................................................................................................. 50

Waveform Capture............................................................................................................. 50

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Customized Alarm Programming ....................................................................................... 51

Event Logs ......................................................................................................................... 51

Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units ...................................................... 51

Long-Time Trip Functions .................................................................................................. 52

Short-Time Trip Functions.................................................................................................. 52

Instantaneous Trip Function............................................................................................... 52

Ground-Fault Trip Functions .............................................................................................. 53

Smart System Communication Wiring System ..............................................................................54

Addresses .......................................................................................................................... 55

Number of Devices............................................................................................................. 55

Length of Bus ..................................................................................................................... 55

Bus Power Source ............................................................................................................. 55

COM Option in PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers ........................................................... 56

IFE Ethernet Interface ................................................................................................................... 58

Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 58

IFE Interface....................................................................................................................... 58

IFE Interface + Gateway .................................................................................................... 58

IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Features............................................................... 58

IFM Modbus Communication Interface .......................................................................................... 61

ULP Port............................................................................................................................. 61

Modbus Slave Port............................................................................................................. 61

I/O Application Module .................................................................................................................. 64

Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool (Ecoreach™) ......................................67

SECTION 4: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 69

Performance .................................................................................................................................. 69

Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 70

Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 70

Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 70

Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 71

SECTION 5: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 72

Performance .................................................................................................................................. 72

Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 73

Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 77

Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 77

Automatic Molded Case Switches .................................................................................................78

Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 79

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 80

Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 80

Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 80

SECTION 6: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 83

Performance .................................................................................................................................. 83

Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 84

Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 89

Automatic Molded Case Switches .................................................................................................89

Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 90

Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 90

Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 90

SECTION 7: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 92

Performance .................................................................................................................................. 92

Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 94

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 96

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 96

Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 96

Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 96

Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 96

SECTION 8: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER .................................97

Performance .................................................................................................................................. 97

Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 97

Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 97

Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 98

Catalog Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 98

SECTION 9: ACCESSORIES ...........................................................................................99

Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 99

Electrical Accessories ................................................................................................................. 101

Auxiliary Switch (OF): ...................................................................................................... 103

Alarm Switch (SD)............................................................................................................ 103

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) ........................................................................................ 103

Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories ................................................................................................. 106

Test Equipment ........................................................................................................................... 112

Circuit Breaker Terminations ....................................................................................................... 113

External Accessories ................................................................................................................... 116

Locking Accessories .................................................................................................................... 117

Sub-Feed Lugs ............................................................................................................................ 118

SECTION 10: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................119

Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design ..............................................................................................119

Cradle Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 120

Cradle Locking and Interlocking .................................................................................................. 121

Open Door Racking Interlock ...................................................................................................... 121

Miscellaneous Accessories ......................................................................................................... 121

Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................................................................... 122

SECTION 11: CIRCUIT BREAKER DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ..................................126

Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 126

Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers ............................................... 129

Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers ............................................. 153

SECTION 12: ACCESSORY DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS .............................................164

Accessory Dimensions ................................................................................................................ 164

SECTION 13: TRIP CURVES ...........................................................................................171

SECTION 14: CATALOG NUMBERS ..............................................................................185

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Section 1—General Information

Introduction

PowerPact™ M-, P-, and R-frame and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip molded case circuit

breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from damage caused by overloads, short circuits,

and ground faults. All circuit breakers are designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means

and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent. Electronic trip molded case circuit

breakers use an electronic trip system to signal the circuit breaker to open automatically.

The PowerPact M-frame (800 A frame size), P-frame (1200 A frame size) and R-frame (3000 A frame

size) circuit breakers are dual rated to UL489 and IEC 60947-2. The Compact NS630b–NS1600 (1600 A

frame size) and NS1600b–NS3200 (3200 A frame) circuit breakers are rated to IEC 60947-2 only.

M-frame molded case circuit breakers are equipped with a basic ET1.0 electronic trip system, which has

a fixed long-time (overload) setting and an adjustable instantaneous (short-circuit) trip setting. P-frame,

R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 molded case circuit breakers are available with either a basic ET 1.0I

electronic trip system or with a more advanced Micrologic™ trip system. Electronic trip motor circuit

protectors (trip system ET 1.0M), which trip on short circuit only, and automatic molded case switches,

which trip at a predetermined self-protection level only, are also available for special applications. All of

these circuit breakers are available labeled as Square D™ or Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin

Gerin™, Federal Pioneer™, or Federal Pacific™).

For information on other Square D brand PowerPact molded case circuit breakers, see the Class 611

catalog: PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers.

Features and Benefits

M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers:

•

Provide overload and short-circuit protection

•

Are true RMS sensing devices

•

Provide means to manually disconnect power to the circuit

•

Provide enhanced coordination by their adjustability

•

Provide high interrupting ratings and withstand ratings

Circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units can also:

•

Provide integral equipment ground-fault protection or alarm

•

Provide communications

•

Provide power monitoring

•

Provide protective relaying functions

•

Provide zone-selective interlocking (ZSI), which can reduce damage in the event of a fault

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Specifications

Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers have a molded case made of a glass-reinforced insulating

material (thermal set composite resin) that provides high dielectric strength. These circuit breakers:

•

Are available in either dual-rated Underwriters Laboratory

(UL

) / International Electrotechnical

Commission

® (

IEC

) or IEC-only constructions

•

Are also Canadian Standard Association

(CSA

®)

and Association of the Electrical Sector

(ANCE

) certified (dual-rated UL/IEC circuit breakers only)

•

Are manufactured in unit-mount, I-Line™ and drawout (P-frame and NS630b–NS1600) constructions

•

Are available with either type ET or Micrologic electronic tripping systems

•

Provide optional power monitoring, communications, protective relaying, integral ground-fault

protection for equipment and zone-selective interlocking functions

•

Share common tripping of all poles

•

Can be mounted and operated in any position

•

Are equipped with an externally-accessible test port for use with hand-held and full-function test sets

•

Are available in motor circuit protector and automatic molded case switch constructions

•

Can be reverse connected, without restrictive LINE and LOAD markings

•

Meet the requirements of National Electrical Code

(NEC

) Sections 240.6 by providing a means

to seal the rating plug and trip unit adjustments

Codes and Standards

M-, P- and R-frame, and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers and switches are

manufactured and tested in accordance with the following standards:

Circuit breakers should be applied according to guidelines detailed in the NEC and other local

wiring codes.

1Compact NW circuit breakers are not available with I-Line terminations. (They cannot be mounted horizontally, only vertically.)

Table 1: Standards

M-Frame, P-Frame and

R-Frame Circuit Breakers P- and R-Frame Switches NS630b–NS3200

Circuit Breakers

NS630b–NS3200

Switches

UL 4891

IEC Standard 60947-2

CSA C22.2 No 5

Federal Specification

W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

NMX J-266

UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE, CCC

1PowerPact M-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E10027.

PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E63335.

PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker is in UL FIle E10027.

UL 4892

IEC Standard 60947-3

CSA C22.2 No 5

Federal Specification

W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

NMX J-266

UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

2PowerPact P-frame switch is in UL File E103740.

PowerPact R-frame switch is in UL FIle E33117.

IEC Standard 60947-2

Federal Specification

W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

IEC Standard 60947-3

Federal Specification

W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Circuit Breaker Ratings

Interrupting Rating

The interrupting rating is the highest current at rated voltage the circuit breaker is designed to safely

interrupt under standard test conditions. Circuit breakers must be selected with interrupting ratings equal

to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point where the circuit breaker is applied to the

system (unless it is a branch device in a series rated combination). Interrupting ratings are shown on the

front of the circuit breaker. For grounded B phase interrupting ratings, see Data Bulletin 2700DB0202.

Table 2: UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings

Circuit

Breaker

1The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors,

transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

UL/CSA Rating (60 Hz) IEC 60947-2 Rating (50/60 Hz)

3 Phase

Grounded

B Phase

(1Ø-3Ø)

240 Vac 380/415 Vac

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 240 Vac 2P Icu Ics Icu Ics

MG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

MJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

PJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PK 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA 65 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA

RG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

RJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

RK 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA

RL 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA

Table 3: IEC Only Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings (50/60 Hz)

Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating

220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac

Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics

Electrically Operated

NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA

NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA

NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — —

Manually Operated

NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA

NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA

NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — —

NS630b–NS800 R Interrupting Rating 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA

NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA

NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 125 kA 94 kA 85 kA 64 kA 85 kA 64 kA — — — —

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Application Ratings

The voltage rating is the highest voltage for the electrical system on which the circuit breaker can be

applied. The frequency rating indicates the system frequency for which the circuit breaker is intended.

The withstand rating is used to improve system coordination by maximizing the current level at which

the circuit breaker trips with no intentional delay. The withstand rating is the level of RMS symmetrical

current that a circuit breaker can carry in a closed position for a stated period of time.

Ampere Rating (Continuous Current Rating)

The ampere rating (or continuous current rating) (I

) is the maximum current that a circuit breaker can

carry. The sensor size (I

) is the maximum ampere rating for a specific circuit breaker and is based on

the size of the sensor plug inside the circuit breaker. This value is printed below the trip unit on the

sensor plug. See Sensor Plugs (page 108) for more information.

NOTE: The maximum ampere rating a circuit breaker family can carry is called the frame size. Sensor

size is less than or equal to frame size.

The ampere rating of a type ET electronic trip circuit breaker is equal to the current sensor size (I

The ampere rating of a Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breaker is determined by the mathematical

equation:

Ampere Rating = Sensor Size x Rating Plug Setting (I

= I

x Rating Plug Setting)

The rating plug varies the circuit breaker ampere rating as a function of its sensor size. Rating plugs

have nine dial settings; the multiplier values corresponding with each setting are printed on the rating

plug. The maximum setting range is 0.4–1.0 x I

Table 4: Voltage, Frequency and Withstand Ratings

Circuit Breaker Voltage

Rating Frequency Rating Withstand Rating at

480 Vac

1A system coordination study should be done for optimum circuit breaker coordination.

MG, MJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec)

PG, PK 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 25 kA (0.5 sec)

PJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec)

PL 480 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec)

R-frame (RG, RJ, RK, RL) 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec)

NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec)

NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec)

NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A

NS630b–NS1000 R Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A

NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec)

NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 440 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Enclosure Sizes

All type ET electronic trip UL/IEC M-frame, P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available as

standard rated circuit breakers. Micrologic electronic trip UL/IEC circuit breakers are also available in

100% rated constructions. Because the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at

100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially designed enclosures and 194° F (90°C) rated

wire sized per the 167° F (75°C) NEC chart is required.

Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading.

Operating Conditions

Temperature

To meet the requirements of the UL489 Standard, molded case circuit breakers are designed, built and

calibrated for use on 50/60 Hz ac systems in a 40°C (104°F) ambient environment. Electronic trip

circuit breakers, however, are designed to react only to the magnitude of the current flowing through

the circuit breaker and are inherently ambient insensitive. Both UL/IEC and IEC-only circuit breakers

may be operated at temperatures between -25°C and +70°C (-13°F and 158°F). For temperatures

other than 40°C (104°F), the circuit breakers must be re-rated as shown.

Altitude

Circuit breakers are suitable for use at altitudes up to 13,100 ft. (4000 m). For altitudes higher than

6560 ft. (2000 m), circuit breakers must be derated as shown.

Table 5: Minimum Enclosure Sizes for Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Rating

Enclosure Dimensions (h x w x d) in./(mm) Ventilation Area

3P Circuit Breaker 4P Circuit Breaker Top Bottom

M-Frame, 800 A, Standard Rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75

(1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9)

51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75

(1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) ————

P-Frame, 800 A, 100% Rated

P-Frame, 1200 A, Standard Rated

51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75

(1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9)

51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75

(1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) ————

P-Frame, 1200 A, 100% Rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75

(1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7)

62.25 x 25.76 x 14.75

(1581.2 x 654.2 x 374.7) 16.5 in. 10,645 mm 16.5 in. 10,645 mm

R-Frame, Standard Rated130 x 21 x 7

(762 x 533 x 178)

30 x 25.5 x 7

(762 x 648 x 178) ————

R-Frame, 100% Rated130 x 21 x 7

(762 x 533 x 178)

30 x 25.5 x 7

(762 x 648 x 178) 40.25 in. 26,000 mm 40.25 in. 26,000 mm

1RLTB or RL3TB kits may extend beyond end of enclosure when using minimum enclosure size.

Table 6: Temperature Re-rating Values

Maximum Ambient Temperature

°F

°C

158 140

122

104

-10

-4

-20

-13 -22

-30

70 -25

Current 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00 1.07 1.11 1.14 1.21 1.27 1.33 1.39 1.42 1.44

Table 7: Altitude Derating Values Per ANSI C37.20.1 Table 10

Altitude ≤6,600 ft.

(≤2,000 m)

8,500 ft.

(2,600 m)

13,000 ft.

(3,900 m)

Voltage 1.00 0.95 0.80

Current 1.00 0.99 0.96

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Extreme Atmospheric Conditions

PowerPact circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests defined below for extreme atmospheric

conditions.

Dry cold and dry heat:

•

IEC 68-2-1—Dry cold at -67°F (-55°C)

•

IEC 68-2-2—Dry heat at 185°F (+85°C)

Damp heat (tropicalization)

•

IEC 68-2-30—Damp heat (temperature 131°F (55°C) and relative humidity of 95%, condensing)

•

IEC 68-2-52 level 2—Salt mist

The materials used in the PowerPact circuit breakers will not support the growth of fungus and mold.

Vibration

PowerPact circuit breakers meet IEC 60068-2-6 Standards for vibration.

•

2 to 13.2 Hz and amplitude 0.039 in. (1 mm)

•

13.2 to 100 Hz constant acceleration

Storage Temperature

Circuit breakers with trip units without LCD displays may be stored in the original packaging at

temperatures between -58°F (-50°C) and 185°F (85°C). For circuit breakers with trip units with LCD

displays, this range is -40°F (-40°C) to 185°F (85°C).

Trip System

The trip system causes the circuit breaker to open automatically under overload, short-circuit or

equipment ground-fault conditions.

Electronic trip circuit breakers give the customer more versatility to

achieve coordination with features such as adjustable instantaneous pickup and high withstand ratings.

The type ET and the Micrologic trip systems consist of current sensors, a microprocessor-based trip

unit, and a tripping coil. The tripping coil is a flux transfer solenoid that requires no external power

source. All type ET and Micrologic protective functions are completely fault powered.

Micrologic Trip System

Features found in Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breakers, such as universally interchangeable

rating plugs, adjustable long-time pickups and 100% ratings also provide capacity for future growth.

The integral equipment ground-fault sensing capabilities available with Micrologic trip systems mean

that there are fewer parts and pieces to purchase, mount and wire. These capabilities include integral

ground-fault protection for equipment, which causes the circuit breaker to trip when a ground fault is

detected, as well as integral ground-fault alarm, which does not trip the circuit breaker but sends an

alarm when a ground fault is detected.

Certain Micrologic trip systems also offer the customer true power management system solutions through

communication. These trip units can communicate with other circuit breakers in the system and also with a

power monitoring system. Communication is by Modbus

and does not require proprietary software.

Communication between trip units allows zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) between circuit breakers at

different levels in the system. ZSI reduces fault stress by allowing the upstream circuit breaker closest to the

fault to ignore its preset delay time and trip without any intentional delay on a short circuit or ground fault.

For more information on ZSI, see data bulletin Reducing Fault Stress with Zone-Selective Interlocking.

Trip Unit

Micrologic

Trip Unit

Electronic

ET1.0I

test

I i

instantaneous

x In

6810

off

setting

Micrologic 6.0A

100 %

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short

I itsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

6810

off

test

Ir=

Ii=

tr=

Isd=

Ig=

tsd=

tg=

In=

MAX

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Communication with a power monitoring system through a communications network allows a ground

fault to be reported without interrupting power to the system. It also allows the power monitoring

system to remotely report power usage, current flow, and trip history.

Instantaneous OFF Feature

Micrologic™ 5.0 and 6.0 Standard, A, P, and H electronic trip units provide the unique ability to turn the

instantaneous tripping function OFF. Turning off the instantaneous trip function increases the current

level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional delay to the level of the short-time

withstand rating. This current level is typically much higher than any of the pickup levels provided by

the adjustable instantaneous feature. Therefore, using the instantaneous OFF feature improves

coordination by allowing the user to take advantage of the circuit breaker withstand rating.

Motor Circuit Protectors

An instantaneous trip version of the electronic trip circuit breaker is also available for motor circuit

protection. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit

protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection.

Electronic trip motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to type ET electronic trip circuit

breakers.They are designed as disconnect devices for use in combination with motor starters. These

motor circuit protectors provide short-circuit protection only and have an adjustable amperage pickup

so they can be set to open instantaneously at current values slightly above the motor starting inrush

current. This setting coordinates the pickup time-current response of the motor circuit protector with

the overload relay of the motor starter to give the best possible protection.

Current interrupting ratings for these UL Recognized components are established in combination with

motor starters and properly-sized overload relays and contactors.

Automatic Molded Case Switches

P- and R-frame circuit breakers are also available in automatic molded case switch construction.

Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers, except that the

switches open instantaneously at a factory-set non-adjustable trip point calibrated to protect only the

molded case switch itself. Because of their molded case construction, they are more compact than

conventional disconnect switches and accept electrical accessories for added flexibility.

Molded case switches are intended for use as disconnect devices only. UL489 requires molded case

switches to be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Molded case switches are

labeled with their appropriate withstand ratings. The withstand rating of a switch is defined as the

maximum current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when

protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

Table 8: P- and R-Frame Withstand Ratings

1The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected

by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

Voltage

Withstand Rating

P-Frame Circuit Breakers R-Frame Circuit Breakers

JKLJKL

240 Vac 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA — 65 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA — 50 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA — 50 kA 50 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Internal Operating Mechanism

Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers

M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 manually-operated circuit breakers have a single

operating handle that acts directly through the operating mechanism against the contact blades. Multi-

pole circuit breakers have a common trip bar for positive action of all poles on manual and automatic

operation. These circuit breakers have a trip-free mechanism that allows them to trip even though the

operating handle may be restricted (by a handle operating mechanism or padlock attachment) in the

I/ON position. If not restricted, the operating handle moves to a position between I/ON and O/OFF

when the circuit breaker is tripped.

The face of the manually-operated circuit breaker is marked with standard ON/OFF and international

I/O markings to indicate handle position. In addition, the O/OFF portion of the circuit breaker handle is

color coded green.

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers

P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available with a two-step stored-energy

mechanism which can be charged manually or using a motor. The closing time is less than five cycles.

Closing and opening operations can be initiated by remote control or by push buttons on the front cover.

An O-C-O (open-close-open) cycle is possible without recharging. Electrically-operated circuit breakers

include a motor, shunt trip, and shunt close of the same voltage plus an overcurrent trip switch (SDE).

The face of electrically-operated circuit breakers is also marked ON/OFF and I/O, and equipped with a

position indicator to show contact position.

Push-to-Trip Button

The push-to-trip button located on the face of each manually-operated circuit breaker is a standard

feature on these circuit breakers. This allows the user to manually trip the circuit breaker without

risking exposure to live parts. During normal on-off operation, the handle opens and closes the circuit

breaker contact but does not exercise the tripping mechanism.

Use the push-to-trip button to:

•

Exercise the circuit breaker mechanism

•

Check the auxiliary and alarm switch circuits

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

Table 9: Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

Circuit Breaker

Unit-Mount Construction I-Line

Construction

Drawout

Construction

Cable Connection Bus Connection

M-Frame X X X —

P-Frame X X X X

R-Frame X1

1Must use RLTB or RL3TB terminal pad kit.

2Through 1200 A, 100% rated only.

—

NS630b–NS1250 X X — X

NS1600–NS3200 — X — —

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers

Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are individually-mounted

using supplied mounting screws. The four mounting screws are inserted through mounting holes

molded into the circuit breaker case and threaded into the circuit breaker mounting enclosure. To

properly support the circuit breaker, all four mounting screws must be used.

Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers can be ordered with mechanical line

and load side lugs. The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or

bus connections. All lugs are UL Listed for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum

and copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors

are made of tin-plated aluminum. Lugs suitable for use with copper conductors only are made of copper.

See individual frame sections for frame-specific connection information.

I-Line Circuit Breakers

M-frame circuit breakers through 800 A and P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers through 1200 A are

available in I-Line construction for easy installation and removal in I-Line panelboards and

switchboards. I-Line circuit breakers use “blow-on” type line side connectors. In case of a short circuit,

increased magnetic flux causes the plug-on connectors of the circuit breaker to tighten their grasp on

the panelboard or switchboard bus bars. The I-Line connectors and circuit breaker mounting bracket

are integral parts of I-Line circuit breakers and cannot be removed or replaced. I-Line circuit breakers

come with mechanical load side lugs.

Drawout Circuit Breakers

P-frame manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are also available in drawout construction.

The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected,

test, disconnect or withdrawn).

P-frame cradles are ordered separately and are available with factory and field-installed accessories.

See Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories for details.

M-Frame Unit-Mount

P-Frame Unit-Mount R-Frame Unit-Mount

Electrically Operated

P-Frame Unit-Mount

P-Frame I-LineM-Frame I-Line R-Frame I-Line

P-Frame Drawout

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Catalog Numbering System

The M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and cradles follow a “smart”

catalog numbering system. The following tables are intended as a tool to decipher existing catalog

numbers. They are not intended for use in building catalog numbers, as some combinations

may not be available. To build a catalog number, please see the Digest, the Product Selector or

contact the local field office.

M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

NOTE: Not all options are available on all frames.

Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position Field Description Options Description

1 Brand Name (blank) Square D

N Schneider Electric (Formerly Merlin Gerin brand)

2 Circuit Breaker Frame

M800 A Max.

P 1200 A Max.

R 3000 A Max.

3 Interrupting Rating

G 35 kA @ 480 Vac

J 65 kA @ 480 Vac

KP-Frame: 50 kA @ 600 Vac

R-Frame: 65 kA @ 600 Vac

L 100 kA @ 480 Vac

4 Connection

F No Lugs

L Lugs on Both Ends

M Lugs on I/ON End

P Lugs on O/OFF End

AI-Line

D Drawout (Not Available on M and R Frames)

5 Poles

22P

33P

44P

6 Voltage Rating 4480 V

6600 V

7–9 Ampere Rating ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A)

000 Automatic Switch Value

10 Standard or 100% Rated (none) Standard Rated

C100% rated

Continued on next page

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

11–14

Circuit Breaker Trip System

(none) ET1.0 (M-Frame)

(none) ET1.0I (P-Frame, R-Frame)

U31 Micrologic™ 3.0 Trip Unit

U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit

U41 Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit

U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit

U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit

U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit

U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit

U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit

Automatic Switch Trip System1

S60 600 A2

S80 800 A2

S10 1000 A2

S12 1200 A

S16 1600 A

S20 2000 A

S25 2500 A

S30 3000 A

Motor Circuit Protector Trip

System

M68 1200–10000 A2

M69 1500–10000 A2

M70 1800–10000 A2

15 Rating Plug A–H See Table 80

16-17 Modbus® Communication E1 Modbus BCM

18 I-Line™ Phasing See Digest, Product Selector

For Factory-Installed Accessories, See Product Selector

1For more information on P-frame switches, see page 78. For more information on R-frame switches, see page 89.

2Not available on R-frame.

Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position Field Description Options Description

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Table 11: Catalog Number for NS630b–NS3200 (IEC-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position Field Description Options Description

1Brand Name

(Blank) Square D

N Schneider Electric

2 Circuit Breaker Frame R 3200 A Max.

P 1600 A Max.

3 Interrupting Rating

N Standard Interrupting Rating

H High Interrupting Rating

L Current Limiting

1R interruption only valid with rear-connected (S) termination.

200 kA Interrupting

4 Connection

F No lugs

L Lugs on Both Ends

M Lugs on I/ON End

P Lugs on O/OFF End

DDrawout

S Rear Connected

5 Certification E IEC

6 Poles 33P

44P

7 Voltage Rating 4440 Vac

6690 Vac

8–10 Ampere Rating ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A)

000 Switch Value

11–14 Circuit Breaker Trip System

U32 Micrologic™ 2.0 Trip Unit

U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit

U42 Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit

U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit

U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit

U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit

U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit

U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit

U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit

Non-Automatic Switch Trip

System

Z63 630 A

Z80 800 A

Z10 1000 A

Z12 1250 A

Z16 1600 A

15 Rating Plug R–T See Table 79

16–17 Modbus® Communications E1 Modbus BCM

For Accessories, See Product Selector

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Cradle Catalog Numbers

P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are available in

drawout construction (factory installed only). The circuit breakers may be ordered using the circuit

breaker catalog numbering systems described above. The cradles must be ordered separately.

Table 12: Cradle Catalog Number

Field Position Field Description Options Description

1 Cradle C Cradle

2Frame Size S P-Frame 3P

D P-Frame 4P

3 Brand/Certification L Square D Brand UL/IEC Dual-Rated

G Schneider Electric IEC Rated Only

4 Circuit Breaker Interruption Rating E P-Frame “G”,“J”, “K”, or “L” Interrupting Rating

5 Cradle Connections Top Terminals

V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV)

H Rear-Connected T horizontal (RCTH)

E Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

6 Cradle Connections Bottom Terminals

V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV)

H Rear-Connected T Horizontal (RCTH)

E Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

7 Shutters and Associated Options 9 None (Standard for P-Frame Circuit Breakers)

3 Shutters with Padlocking Provision

8 Circuit Breaker Mismatch and Cradle Interlock A See Product Selector

9 Metering CT X Not Applicable on P-Frame Cradle

10 Cradle Secondary Disconnects Wiring X See Product Selector

11–18 Miscellaneous Cradle Options X See Product Selector

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

Testing Requirements

UL, NEMA, CSA, and NMX requirements

The UL, NEMA, CSA and NMX labels on a circuit breaker indicate that the circuit breaker meets the

requirements of UL Standard 489, NEMA Standard AB-1, CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5 and NMX standard

J266. The labels also mean that the production procedure is monitored by UL, CSA and ANCE inspectors

to ensure continued compliance to these standards. These requirements include the following tests:

•

200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit

when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating.

•

135% Overload Calibration—with all poles connected in series, the circuit breaker must trip within a

specified time limit while carrying 135% of its continuous current rating.

•

Overload—the circuit breaker must make and break 600% of its continuous current rating at rated

voltage. Circuit breaker frame sizes 125–1600 A must perform 50 operations at 600%. Circuit

breaker frame sizes 2000–2500 A must perform 25 operations at 600%.

•

Temperature Rise—while carrying 100% of rated current and mounted in open air, temperature

rise on a wiring terminal must be within specified limits. For 100% rating, the circuit breaker is

mounted in an enclosure.

•

Endurance—UL489 requires that the circuit breaker must complete, at minimum, the following

number of operations:

•

Calibration—both the 200% and 135% overload calibration tests are repeated after endurance

testing.

•

Short Circuit—the circuit breaker shall be subjected to test currents based on voltage rating and

frame size, with the type and number of operations based on the number of poles, frame rating and

voltage rating. Example: a 3P, 600 Vac, 2500 A frame circuit breaker is subjected to one 20 kA

single-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker per pole and one 30 kA three-phase closing

of the circuit on the circuit breaker for a total of seven short circuit tests.

•

Trip Out—the 200% thermal calibration test is repeated following the short-circuit tests.

•

Dielectric—the circuit breaker must withstand, for one minute, twice its rated voltage plus 1000 V:

— Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the open, tripped and OFF positions.

— Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed.

— Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed.

No conditioning of the circuit breaker can take place during or between tests. There can be no failure of

functional parts at the conclusion of the sequences.

After qualifying a set of circuit breakers to the standard tests, a manufacturer can have additional

circuit breaker samples tested on higher than standard available fault currents. The following

performance requirements apply:

•

200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit

when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating.

•

Short-Circuit Test—with the load side terminals connected by 10-inch lengths of specified cable (or

a shorting bar), the circuit breaker is exposed to a short-circuit current for a set time interval. After

safe interruption, the circuit breaker is reset and closed again on the short circuit.

•

250% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit

when carrying 250% of its continuous current rating.

Table 13: Endurance Operations

Frame Size

Operations

With Current

Without Current

1200–2500 500 2000

UL requires the circuit breaker to operate 10% of the “with current” operations with a shunt trip.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 1—General Information

02/2016

™

•

Dielectric Withstand—the circuit breaker is subjected to twice the voltage rating at which the

interrupting test was conducted, but not less than 900 V.

— Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the tripped and in the OFF positions.

— Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed.

— Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed.

When the sample circuit breakers pass these tests, circuit breakers of the same construction can be

marked or labeled with the current interrupting rating for the higher fault currents.

IEC Requirements

The IEC markings on a circuit breaker indicates that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of IEC

Standard 60947-2 for circuit breakers and 60947-3 for automatic switches. These requirements

include the following tests:

Table 14: IEC Test Sequence

Sequence Category of Devices Tests

General

Performance

Characteristics

(Sequence 1)

All Circuit Breakers

• Tripping Limits and Characteristics

• Dielectric Properties

• Mechanical and Electrical Endurance

•Overload

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• Temperature Rise

• 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test)

Rated Service

Short-circuit

Breaking Capacity

(Ics)

(Sequence 2)

All Circuit Breakers

• Rated service short circuit breaking capacity (O-t-CO-t-CO)

• Electrical Endurance (5% of with Current Operations of

Sequence 1)

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• Temperature Rise

• 145% Calibration (3 poles in series or 3-phase test)

Rated Ultimate

Short-circuit

Breaking Capacity

(Icu)

(Sequence 3)

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category A

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B

• 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

• Rated Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (O-t-CO)

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

Rated Short-time

Withstand Current

(Icw)

(Sequence 4)

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B

• 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

• Rated Short-Time Withstand Current

• Temperature Rise

• Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Maximum Short-Time

Withstand Current (O-t-CO)

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

Combined

Sequence

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B:

When Icw = Ics Replaces Sequences 2 and 4

When Icw = Ics = Icu Replaces Sequences

2, 3 and 4

• 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

• Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Icw

• Rated Service Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Ics

(O-CO-CO) at Maximum Relay Temp.

• 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test)

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• Temperature Rise

• 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

Individual Pole

Short-Circuit Test

Sequence

(Annex H)

Circuit Breakers for Use in IT Systems

• Individual Pole Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity

• Dielectric Voltage Withstand

• 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Section 2—Energy Management

Energy Management Using the Smart System

Use the Smart System to connect your building to real savings in three steps:

A. Measure

Embedded and stand-alone metering and control

B. Connect

— Integrated communication interfaces

— Ready to connect to energy management platforms

C. Save

— Data-driven energy efficiency actions

— Real-time monitoring and control

— Access to energy and site information through on-line services

CLOUD

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Measure

Smart System communications mean visible information.

Grouping most of the electrical protection, command and metering components, the switchboards

are now significant sources of data locally displayed and sent via communication networks.

Connect

Smart Systems use reliable, simple-to-install-and-use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus

interfaces.

Information is safely transmitted through the most efficient networks:

— Modbus SL inside switchboards, between components,

— Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the building and connecting switchboards and computers,

— Ethernet or GPRS, for access to on-line services by Schneider Electric.

Energy experts, no matter where they are located, can now provide advise based on the updated

data of the building.

Save

On-Site Real-Time Monitoring and Control

The FDM128 touch screen display connected to

the Ethernet:

•

shows essential electrical information and

alarms concerning the electrical network,

•

allows control (open, close, reset…) of

various equipment.

The FDM128 touch screen provides real-time

value checking and control, directly on the front

panel of the main switchboard.

On a PC display with common browser:

•

shows monitoring web pages hosted into the

local Ethernet interface,

•

alarm events generate automatic email

notifications,

•

allows control (open, close, reset…) of

various equipment.

The data is displayed graphically or recorded into

files for optimizing the use of energy in the building.

As an example, the data can help validate the

change of temperature settings, time scheduling

in a Building Management System or other

automated devices.

On-Line Energy Management Services

StruXureWare Energy Operation automates data

collection using an open, scalable, and secure

energy management information system.

With the help of the Schneider Electric energy

management services team, data is turned into

information to enable customers to understand

their facilities’ performance on an ongoing basis.

Energy Operation leverages companies’ current

investments in their existing systems, and can be

used to communicate advanced results and

performance to a broad audience for a shared

understanding throughout an organization.

CLOUD

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Smart System Communication Components

PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Trip Units

Ammeter A

•

2.0 basic protection (IEC)

•

3.0 basic protection (UL)

•

5.0 selective protection

•

6.0 selective + ground-fault protection

Power Meter P

•

5.0 selective protection

•

6.0 selective + ground-fault protection

Harmonic Meter H

•

5.0 selective protection

•

6.0 selective + ground-fault protection

See page 40 for more information.

Displays

FDM121

•

One-to-one front display module

•

See page 25 for more information

FDM128

•

One-to-eight front display module

•

See page 25 for more information

Communication

•

PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers in a communication network

•

I/O application module

•

IFE: Ethernet interface module

•

IFM: Modbus interface module

•

Com’X 200: Energy server

Power Meter

Operating Assistance

Functions

Communication

IFE Module IFM Module

I/O Module

Com’X 200

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

See page 54 for more information.

Power Meter Functions

In addition to protection functions, Micrologic A/P/H trip units offer all the functions of Power Meter

products as well as operating assistance for the circuit breaker.

Micrologic A/P/H trip unit measurement functions are made possible by the Micrologic trip unit’s

intelligence and the accuracy of the sensors. They are handled by a microprocessor that operates

independent of protection functions.

Display Function

FDM121 Display Unit (One to One)

The FDM121 switchboard display unit can be connected to a communication (COM) option (Breaker

Communication Module [BCM ULP]) using a circuit breaker ULP cord to display all measurements on a

screen. The LCD screen is 3.78 x 3.78 in. (96 x 96 mm). The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc

power supply. The COM option (BCM ULP) unit is supplied by the same power supply via the circuit

breaker ULP cord connecting it to the FDM121. See page 30 for more information.

FDM128 Display Unit (One to Eight)

The FDM128 display unit uses an IFE Ethernet interface for low-voltage circuit breakers.

For all FDM, in addition to the information displayed on the Micrologic trip unit LCD, the FDM screen

shows demand, power quality, and maximum/minimum ammeter values along with histories and

maintenance indicators.

Display Function

Alarms

Services

ESC OK

Main Menu

Quick view

Control

Metering

310 A I2

315 A

302 A IN

23 A

ESC ESC

V4/7

402 V 100 120

398 V 100 120

401 V 100 120

ESC

P64kW

Q38kVar

S51kVA

PQS

ESC

Ep 14397 kWh

Eq 8325 kVarh

Es 13035 kVAh

FDM121 Display

Navigation

FDM121 Display:

Consumption

FDM121 Display:

Power

FDM121 Display:

Voltage

FDM121 Display

Current

20.12. 2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC 1/7

Quick view Open Auto

I1 A

000

Ir A

000

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

easures

arm

stor

ontrol

ntenance

SC 1/7

uick vie

000

20.12. 2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

I1 A

I2 A

I3 A

IN A

431

385

426

EPQSU-VI

Measures

1/10

I Current

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

arm

stor

ontrol

ntenanc

431

385

PQS

easures

1/10

I Current

Current

20.12. 2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

V12 V

V23 V

V31 V

406

415

409

1/10

EPQSU-VI

VL-L

Measures

0.12.201

12:0 0:0

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

larm histor

ontrol

int

ESC

406

409

1/10

PQS

-V

VL L

easu

20.12. 2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Ptot kW

Qtot kVAr

127

Stot kVA129

1/12

EPQSU-VI

PQS

Measures

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

larm histor

ontrol

int

Pto

1/1

PQS

Measu

20.12. 2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

EpIn kWh

EpOut kWh

165

EPQSU-VI

E cumul

1/3

Measures Reset

0.12.201

12:0 0:0

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

arm

stor

Control

Mai

PQS

E cumul

cumul

easu

ese

FDM128 Display

Navigation

FDM128 Display:

Consumption

FDM128 Display:

Power

FDM128 Display:

Voltage

FDM128 Display

Current

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Measurement Function

Instantaneous RMS Measurements

The Micrologic trip unit continuously displays the RMS value of the highest current of the three phases

and neutral (Imax). The navigation buttons can be used to scroll through the main measurements.

In the event of a fault trip, the trip cause is displayed.

The Micrologic A trip unit measures phase, neutral, and ground fault currents.

Micrologic P/H trip units offer voltage, power, power factor, frequency, and cos ĳ in addition to the

measurements provided by Micrologic A trip units.

Maximum / Minimum Ammeter

Every instantaneous measurement provided by Micrologic A trip units can be associated with a

maximum/minimum ammeter. The maximum for the highest current of the three phases, neutral, and

demand current can be reset using the FDM display unit or the communication system.

Energy Metering

The Micrologic P/H trip units also measures the energy consumed since the last reset of the meter.

The active energy meter can be reset using the Micrologic trip unit keypad, the FDM display unit, or the

communication system.

Demand and Maximum Demand Values

Micrologic P/H trip units also calculate demand current and power values. These calculations can be

made using a block or sliding interval that can be set from five to sixty minutes in steps of one minute.

The window can be synchronised with a signal sent through the communication system. Whatever the

calculation method, the calculated values can be recovered on a PC through the communication

network.

Ordinary spreadsheet software can be used to provide trend curves and forecasts based on this data.

They provide a basis for load shedding and reconnection operations used to adjust consumption to the

subscribed power.

Power Quality

The Micrologic H trip unit calculates power quality indicators taking into account the presence of

harmonics up to the fifteenth harmonic, including the total harmonic distortion (THD) of current and

voltage.

Measurement Function

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Table 15: Micrologic A/P/H Trip Units Integrated Power Meter Functions

Micrologic A/P/H Integrated Power Meter Functions Type

Display

Micrologi

c LCD

FDM

Display

Display of protection settings

Pick-ups (A) and delays All settings can be displayed Ir, tr, Isd, tsd, Ii, Ig, tg A/P/H X —

Measurements

Instantaneous rms measurements

Currents (A)

Phases and neutral

Average of phases

Highest current of the 3 phases and neutral

Ground fault (Micrologic 6)

Current unbalance between phases

IA, IB, IC, IN

Iavg = (IA + IB + IC) / 3

Imax of IA, IB, IC, IN

% Ig (pick-up setting)

% Iavg

A/P/H

P/H

—

Voltages (V)

Phase-to-phase

Phase-to-neutral

Average of phase-to-phase voltages

Average of phase-to-neutral voltages

Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage unbalance

Phase sequence

VAB, VBC, VCA

VAN, VBN, VCN

Vavg = (VAB + VBC + VCA) / 3

Vavg = (VAN + VBN + VCN) / 3

% Vavg

ABC, ACB

P/H

—

Frequency (Hz) Power system f P/H X X

Power

Active (kW) P, total

P, per phase

P/H

Reactive (kVAR) Q, total

Q, per phase

P/H

Apparent (kVA) S, total

S, per phase

P/H

Power Factor PF, total

PF, per phase

P/H

os ĳCos ĳ, total

Cos ĳ, per phase

P/H

Maximum/Minimum

Ammeter Associated with instantaneous rms measurements Reset using the FDM display unit and Micrologic

keypad A/P/H X X

Energy Metering

Energy Energy Active (kW), reactive (kVARh), apparent (kVAh) Total since last reset P/H X X

Demand and Maximum Demand Values

Demand Current (A) Phases and neutral P Present value on the selected window

Maximum demand since last reset

P/H

Demand Power Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent (kVA) Present value on the selected window

Maximum demand since last reset

P/H

Calculation Window Sliding, fixed or com-synchronised Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps2P/H — —

Power Quality

Total Harmonic

Distortion (%)

Of voltage with respect to rms value THDU,THDV of the Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage H X X

Of current with respect to rms value THDI of the phase current H X X

1FDM121 only.

2Available via the communcation system only.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Histories

•

Trip indications in clear text in a number of user-selectable languages

•

Time-stamping: date and time of trip.

Maintenance Indicators

Micrologic trip units have indicators for, among other items, the number of operating cycles, load

profile, and operating times (operating hours counter).

It is possible to assign an alarm to the operating cycle counter to plan maintenance.

The various indicators can be used together with the trip histories to analyze the level of stresses the

device has been subjected to.

Contact Wear

Contact wear algorithms only function on Masterpact circuit breakers , and contact wear cannot be

selected for PowerPact or Compact circuit breakers.

Each time a Masterpact circuit breaker opens, the Micrologic P/H trip unit measures the interrupted

current and increments the contact-wear indicator as a function of the interrupted current, according to

test results stored in memory. Breaking under normal load conditions results in a very slight increment.

The indicator value may be read on the FDM display.

It provides an estimation of contact wear calculated on the basis of the cumulative forces affecting the

circuit breaker. When the indicator reaches 100%, it is advised to visually inspect the contacts per the

instructions in the circuit breaker user guide.

Circuit Breaker Load Profile

Micrologic A/P/H trip units calculate the load profile of the circuit breaker protecting a load circuit. The

profile indicates the percentage of the total operating time at four current levels (% of circuit breaker

In):

•

0 to 49% In

•

50 to 79% In

•

80 to 89% In

•

 90% In.

This information can be used to optimize use of the protected equipment or to plan ahead for

maintenance interval extensions.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Management of Installed Devices

Each circuit breaker equipped with a COM option (BCM ULP) can be identified using the

communication system:

•

serial number

•

firmware version

•

hardware version

•

device name assigned by the user.

This information together with the previously described indications provides a clear description of the

installed devices.

Table 16: Micrologic A/P/H Trip Units Operating Assistance Functions

Micrologic A/P/H Operating Assistance Functions Type

Display

Micrologic

LCD

FDM

Display

Operating Assistance

Trip History

Trips Cause of tripping Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig, IDn A/P/H X X

Maintenance Indicators

Counter

Mechanical cycles

Electrical cycles

Hours

Assignable to an alarm

Total operating time (hours)1

A/P/H

—

Indicator Contact wear % P/H X X

Load Profile Hours at different load levels % of hours in four current ranges:

0-49% In, 50-79% In, 80-89% In and  90% In P/H — X

1Available through the communication system only.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

FDM121 Display

Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM121 display. It connects

to the COM option (BCM ULP) with a circuit breaker ULP cord and displays the Micrologic trip unit

information. The result is a true integrated unit combining a circuit breaker and a power meter.

Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed.

An FDM121 display unit can be connected to ULP communication devices using a prefabricated cord

to display all measurements, alarms, histories and event tables, maintenance indicators, and

management of installed devices on a screen.

The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc power supply.

The FDM121 is a display that can be integrated with the PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact NW/NT

circuit breaker systems. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit. It is

easy to use and requires no special software or settings. It is immediately operational when connected

to the circuit breaker by a ULP cord.

It also provides monitoring and control with the use of the I/O application module, the motor

mechanism module, or the circuit breaker communication module (BCM ULP).

The FDM121 has a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit

for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.

Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Alarms

The FDM121 is intended to display Micrologic trip unit measurements, alarms and operating

information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings.

Measurements can be easily accessed using a menu. All user-defined alarms are automatically

displayed. The display mode depends on the priority level selected during alarm set-up:

•

high priority: a pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the alarm and the orange

Alarm LED flashes;

•

medium priority: the orange Alarm LED goes continuously on;

•

low priority: no display on the screen.

All faults resulting in a trip automatically produce a high-priority alarm, without any special settings

required. In all cases, the alarm history is updated. The Micrologic trip unit saves the information in its

non-volatile memory in the event of an FDM121 power loss.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Status Indications and Remote Control

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the Breaker Communications Module (BCM ULP), the

FDM121 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions:

•

O/F: ON/OFF

•

SD: trip indication

•

SDE: fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, or ground fault).

When the circuit breaker system is equipped with the I/O application module, the FDM121 can monitor

and control:

•

cradle management

•

circuit breaker operation

•

light and load control

•

custom applications.

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including connection to shunt

close [XF] and shunt trip [MX1] communication voltage releases), the FDM121 display can also be

used to control (open/close) the circuit breaker.

Two operating mode are available:

•

local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM121 while disabled from the

communication network;

•

remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM121 while enabled from the

communication network.

Main Characteristics

•

A 3.78 x 3.78 x 1.18 in. (96 x 96 x 30 mm) screen requiring 0.39 in. (10 mm) behind the door (or

0.79 in. [20 mm] when the 24 V power supply connector is used).

•

White backlighting.

•

Wide viewing angle: vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30°.

•

High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols.

•

Alarm LED: flashing orange for alarm pick-up, steady orange after operator reset if the alarm

condition persists.

•

Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C).

•

CE / UL / CSA marking.

•

24 Vdc power supply, with tolerances 24 V -20% (19.2 V) to 24 V +10% (26.4 V).

When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 Vdc can be supplied by the

communication system wiring system. Consumption is 40 mA.

Mounting

The FDM121 is easily installed in a switchboard.

•

Standard door cut-out is 3.6 x 3.6 in. (92 x 92 mm).

•

Attached using clips.

To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two

0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter holes.

FDM121 Display

Surface Mount

Accessory

Connection with FDM121

Display Unit

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Connection

The FDM121 is equipped with a 24 Vdc terminal block:

•

A plug-in type terminal block with two wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining.

•

A power supply range of 24 Vdc -20% (19.2 V) to 24 Vdc +10% (26.4 V).

A 24 Vdc type auxiliary power supply must be connected to a single point on the ULP system. The

FDM121 display has a two-point screw connector on the rear panel of the module for this purpose.

The ULP module to which the auxiliary power supply is connected distributes the supply via the

ULP cable to all the ULP modules connected to the system and therefore also to Micrologic trip

unit. See wiring diagram later in this section.

•

Two RJ45 jacks.

The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the PowerPact or

Compact circuit breaker with the circuit breaker ULP cord. Connection to one of the RJ45 connectors

on the FDM121 automatically establishes communication between the Micrologic trip unit and the

FDM121 and supplies power to the Micrologic trip unit measurement functions.

When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator.

Navigation

Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation.

The “Context” button may be used to select the type of display (digital, bargraph, analogue).

The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese,

Spanish, etc.).

Screens

Main Menu

When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device.

When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the

buttons. It goes off after three minutes.

310 A I2

315 A

302 A IN

23 A

1 3 4 5 62

ESC

Micrologic 5.3A

Produit Id

Serial number:

Part number:

Firmware:

P07451

LU432091

1.02

ESC

ESC OK

U-V

PQS

F - PF

cos F

Metering

ESC

EpIN 5111947 kWh

EpOut 12345678 kWh

NonResettableEnergy 1/3

ESC

0..49%

50...79%

80..89%

90..100%

610 H

2/3

15 H

360 H

3 H

Load Profile

1 Escape

2 Down

3 OK

4 Up

5 Context

6 Alarm LED

Product Identification Metering: Submenu Metering: Meter Services

Quick View Metering Control Alarms Services

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Fast Access to Essential Information

•

“Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating

information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker ON/OFF).

Access to Detailed Information

•

“Metering” can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the

corresponding min/max values.

•

“Alarms” displays active alarms and the alarm history.

•

“Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset

function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus, and

FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.).

Communication Components and FDM121 Connections

The FDM121 degree of protection is IP54 in front. IP54 is maintained after switchboard mounting by

using the supplied gasket during installation.

Figure 1: FDM121 Connections

LV434195 LV434196 LV434197

Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

0.98 ft.

(0.35 m)

4.3 ft.

(1.3 m)

9.8 ft.

(3 m)

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

External power supply

24 Vdc

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Customer Terminal Block

White

IFM

External power supply

24 Vdc

IFE

D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / Tx-

D1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+

Ethernet

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Customer Terminal Block

White

Modbus-SL

A. Modbus Network

B. Ethernet Network

C. Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

D. FDM Display

E. ULP Termination

F. ULP Cable

Connections

PowerPact and Compact circuit

breakers are connected to the ULP

devices (FDM121 display, IFM, IFE or

I/O unit) via the circuit breaker ULP

cord.

• Cord is available in three lengths:

0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and

9.8 ft. (3 m).

• Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are

possible using extensions.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

FDM128 Display

The Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities are fully utilized with the FDM128 display. The

FDM128 display connects to Ethernet communication using the RJ45 port and displays Micrologic trip

unit information. The result is an integrated unit combining a circuit breaker with a power meter.

Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed.

The FDM128 display unit can be connected to a Micrologic COM option (BCM ULP through an IFE). It

uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit and requires no special software or

settings. The FDM128 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is

backlit for easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.

The FDM128 display is designed to manage up to eight devices (PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact

NW/NT circuit breakers).

Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Trips

The FDM128 is intended to display Micrologic A/P/H trip unit measurements, trips, and operating

information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings.

•

Measurements may be easily accessed using a menu.

•

Trips are automatically displayed.

•

A pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the trip.

Status Indications

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including its set of sensors) the

FDM128 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions:

•

O/F: ON/OFF

•

SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, ground fault)

•

PF: ready to close

•

CH: charged (spring loaded).

•

CE, CD, CT cradle management with I/O application module.

Remote Control

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including connection to shunt

close [XF] and shunt trip [MX1] communication voltage releases), the FDM128 display can also be

used to operate (open/close) the circuit breaker.

Two operating mode are available:

•

Local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM128 while disabled from the

communication network.

•

Remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM128 while enabled from the

communication network.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Main Characteristics

•

4.54 x 3.40 in. (115.2 x 86.4 mm) with 5.7 in. (145 mm) QVGA display 320 x 240 pixels.

•

Color TFT LCD, with LED backlight.

•

Wide viewing angle: vertical ±80°, horizontal ±70°.

•

High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols.

•

Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C).

•

CE / UL / CSA marking.

•

24 Vdc power supply, -10%/+20% (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc).

•

Consumption 6.8 W.

Mounting

The FDM128 is easily installed in a switchboard.

•

Standard door hole Ø 0.87 in. (22 mm).

•

The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after

installation by using the supplied gasket.

Connection

The FDM128 is equipped with:

•

a 24 Vdc terminal block:

— power supply range of 24 Vdc (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc).

— The FDM128 display unit has a 2-point screw connector on the rear panel of the module for this

purpose.

•

One RJ45 Ethernet jacks.

The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the Masterpact circuit

breakers through the circuit breaker ULP cord and Ethernet connection through the IFE.

Navigation

•

A touch screen is used for intuitive and fast navigation.

•

The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese,

Spanish, etc.).

Screens

Main Menu

When not in use, the screen is automatically shifted to low back-lighting.

FDM128 Display

Surface Mount Accessory

Connection with Display

Unit

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Maintenance

3/3

Operation

Trip SDE

Close command

Product ID Information Reset all

Counter

xxx

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

Measu

arm

stor

ontro

ntenanc

peratio

Trip SD

lose comman

roduct ID Information

eset all

Counter

xxx

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Energy

Ep kWh

Eq kVArh

Es kVAh

11 318

257

13 815

6/7

Quick view

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

easu

arm

stor

ontrol

ntenance

ESC

Ener

kWh

kVA

kVAh

318

257

uick vie

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Maintenance

0 to 49%

50 to 79%

80 to 89%

2/3

90 to 100%

Product ID Information Reset all

Load profile

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

Measu

arm

stor

ontro

ntenanc

0 to 49%

50 to 79

80 to 89

90 to 100

roduct ID Information

eset all

Load profile

Load prof

ile

Metering: Meter Services

Product Identification

Quick View Metering Control Alarms Services

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Fast Access to Essential Information

•

“Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating

information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off).

Access to Detailed Information

•

"Metering" can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the

corresponding min/max values.

•

“Alarms” displays the trip history.

•

“Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset

function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and

FDM128 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.).

Communication Components and FDM128 Connections

The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after

installation by using the supplied gasket.

Figure 2: FDM128 Connections

LV434195

LV434196 LV434197

Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

0.98 ft

(0.35 m)

4.3 ft

(1.3 m)

9.8 ft

(3 m)

A. FDM128

B. Ethernet Network

C. Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

D. UFE

E. ULP Termination

Connections

PowerPact and Compact circuit

breakers are connected to the ULP

devices (FDM display, IFM, IFE or I/O

unit) via the circuit breaker ULP cord.

• Cord is available in three lengths:

0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and

9.8 ft. (3 m).

• Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are

possible using extensions.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

Figure 3: Panelboard and Switchboard Connections

PowerPact

ULP

Internet

(cloud)

FEEEE

PowerPact and Compact

Table 17: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays

Name Function

Port Bin.

Input

Analog.

Input

Bin.

Output

To Device To Server

ACom’X 200

Energy Server with

Ethernet Gateway®

Function

Modbus Master Ethernet Cable

+ WiFI 62—

B FDM128 Ethernet LCD Color

Touch Screen — Ethernet———

C FDM121 LCD Display for

Circuit Breaker ULP — ———

Continued on next page

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 2—Energy Management

02/2016

™

IFE Interface

+ Gateway

Ethernet Interface &

Gateway

Modbus Master &

ULP Ethernet———

IFE Interface Ethernet Interface for

Circuit Breakers ULP Ethernet———

EIFM

Modbus Interface for

Circuit Breakers ULP Modbus Slave — — —

F I/O

Input/Output

Application Module

for Circuit Breakers

ULP ULP 611

Table 17: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays (continued)

Name Function

Port Bin.

Input

Analog.

Input

Bin.

Output

To Device To Server

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

M-frame circuit breakers are available with the type ET 1.0 electronic trip system. P-frame and R-frame

circuit breakers are available with either the ET1.0I basic electronic trip system or the Micrologic™

electronic trip system. The NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are available with the Micrologic

electronic trip system. The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker.

Thermal Imaging

The thermal imaging function protects the cables or bus bars from overheating in case of low

amplitude repetitive faults. Such overheating can be due to repetitive motor startings, fluctuating load,

intermittent ground faults, or subsequent closing after a fault. Traditional electronic protection does not

protect against repetitive faults because the duration of each overload above the pickup setting is too

short to achieve effective tripping. Nevertheless, each overload involves a temperature rise in the

installation, the cumulative effect of which could lead to overheating of the system.

The thermal imaging function remembers and integrates the thermal heating caused by each pickup

setting overrun. Before tripping, the integrated heating value will reduce the associated time delay and,

therefore, the reaction of the trip unit will be closer to the real heating of the power network system. After

tripping, the function will also reduce the time delay when closing the circuit breaker on an overload.

True RMS Current Sensing

The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. The trip unit samples

the current waveform to provide true RMS protection through the fifteenth harmonic. This true RMS

sensing gives accurate values for the magnitude of a non-sinusoidal waveform. Therefore, the heating

effects of harmonically distorted waveforms are accurately evaluated.

The Micrologic H trip unit provides additional sampling of the waveforms to measure and provide

waveform capture of harmonic distortion to the thirty-first harmonic.

Type ET Electronic Trip System

Type ET trip units are available with M-frame, P-frame and R-frame UL/IEC circuit breakers. Circuit

breakers with type ET trip units have a fixed ampere rating. The trip units are not field-interchangeable

and will not accept any communications or other trip unit accessories. The trip system uses a set of

current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a

tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker.

ET1.0 (M-Frame only)

The ET1.0 trip system is available on M-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and

adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (I

while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 2–10 x I

) with no intentional time delay.

ET1.0I (P-Frame and R-Frame only)

The ET1.0I trip system is available on both P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed

long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor

rating (I

), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 1.5–12 x I

) with no intentional

time delay.

ET1.0M (P-Frame only)

The ET1.0M trip system is only available on P-frame motor circuit protectors and provides protection for

short circuit conditions only. The trip unit has a single adjustment for instantaneous pickup that, if

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

exceeded, will trip the circuit breaker with no intentional delay. Instantaneous trip dial settings are

2–16 x I

for 600 A circuit breakers and 1.5–12 x I

for 800–1200 A circuit breakers.

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems

The P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers can be equipped with the

optional Micrologic trip systems listed below:

Trip units are designed to protect power circuits and loads. Micrologic trip systems use a set of current

transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping

solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. Adjustable rotary switches on the trip unit allow the user to set the

proper overcurrent or equipment ground-fault current protection required in the electrical system. If

current exceeds a set value for longer than its set time delay, the trip system opens the circuit breaker.

Alarms may be programmed for remote indications. Measurements of current, voltage, frequency,

power, and power quality optimize continuity of service and energy management.

Integration of protection functions in the Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) electronic

component used in all Micrologic trip units guarantees a high degree of reliability and immunity to

conducted or radiated disturbances. On Micrologic P and H trip units, advanced functions are

managed by an independent microprocessor.

Circuit breakers are shipped with the trip unit long-time pickup switch set at 1.0 and all other trip unit

adjustments set at their lowest settings. Actual settings required for a specific application must be

determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to

provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system.

Table 18: Micrologic Trip Systems

Model

(LS0)

Long-time +

Short-time +

Zero delay

(IEC Rated Only)

(LI)

Long-time +

Instantaneous

Protection

(UL Listed,

IEC Rated)

(LSI)

Long-time +

Short-time +

Instantaneous

Protection

(UL LIsted, IEC Rated)

(LSIG)

Long-time + Short-time

+ Instantaneous

Protection + Equipment

Ground-fault Protection

(UL LIsted, IEC Rated)

Micrologic Basic Trip Unit 2.0 3.0 5.0 —

Micrologic A Trip Unit 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A

Micrologic P Trip Unit — — 5.0P 6.0P

Micrologic H Trip Unit — — 5.0H 6.0H

Table 19: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features

Feature

Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option)

Standard Ammeter Power Harmonics

2.0 3.0 5.0 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H

Field-Installable XXXXXXXXXXX

LI X X

LS0 X X

LSI X XXX

LSIG/Ground-Fault Trip1XXX

Ground-Fault Alarm/No Trip1, 2 XX

Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip1, 2 XX

Adjustable Rating Plugs XXXXXXXXXXX

True RMS Sensing XXXXXXXXXXX

UL Listed XX XXXXXXX

Thermal Imaging XXXXXXXXXXX

Continued on next page

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Phase-Loading Bar Graph XXXXXXXX

LED for Long-Time Pick-Up XXXXXXXXXXX

LED for Trip Indication XXXXXXXX

Digital Ammeter XXXXXXXX

Zone-Selective Interlocking3X XXXXXX

Communications OOOOXXXX

LCD Dot Matrix Display XXXX

Advanced User Interface XXXX

Protective Relay Functions XXXX

Neutral Protection1XXXX

Contact Wear Indication XXXX

Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings XXXX

Selectable Long-Time Delay Bands XXXX

Power Measurement XXXX

Power Quality Measurements XX

Waveform Capture XX

13Ø, 4W circuits require either a neutral current transformer or a 4-pole breaker.

2Requires M6C Programmable Contact Module.

3Not available for 2.0A trip units as upstream devices.

Table 19: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features (continued)

Feature

Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option)

Standard Ammeter Power Harmonics

2.0 3.0 5.0 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H

Micrologic 3.0

.45

.6 .63 .7

x Ir

456

121.5

setting

4812

instantaneous

long time

alarm

Ir tr

(s)

x In @ 6 Ir 24

Micrologic 5.0

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short I i

tsd

(s)

on I2t

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In .5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

6810

off

Micrologic 3.0A

100 %

.45

.6 .63 .7

long time

alarm

x In .5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

x Ir

456

101.5

setting

Iminstantaneous

Ir=

Ii=

tr=

Isd=

Ig=

tsd=

tg=

In=

MAX

Micrologic 5.0A

100 %

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short

I itsd

(s)

on I2t

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In .5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

2.5345

1.5

Ir=

Ii=

tr=

Isd=

Ig=

tsd=

tg=

In=

MAX

Micrologic 6.0A

100 %

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short I i

tsd

(s)

on I2t

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

off

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

6810

off

test

Ir=

Ii=

tr=

Isd=

Ig=

tsd=

tg=

In=

MAX

Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units

Micrologic 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

•

Micrologic 5.0P

delaysetting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

.45

.6 .63 .7

short

tsd

(s)

on I2t 0

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In .5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

85kA

30kA

24s

5000A

I(A)

Tr i p

0.4s

I i

x In

off

Micrologic 6.0P

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short

tsd

(s)

on I2t

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

test

85kA

30kA

24s

5000A

I(A)

Tr i p

0.4s

I i

x In

off

Micrologic 5.0H

delaysetting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

.45

.6 .63 .7

short tsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

0off

instantaneous

long time alarm

x In .5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

I(A)

V(V)

P(kW)

E(kWh)

Harmonics

I i

x In

off

Micrologic 6.0H

.45

.6 .63 .7

delay

short

tsd

(s)

on I2t

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

test

I(A)

V(V)

P(kW)

E(kWh)

Harmonics

I i

x In

off

Micrologic 5.0H and 6.0H Trip UnitsMicrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units

Micrologic™ 2.0, 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units

The Micrologic 2.0, 3.0, and 5.0 basic trip units protect power circuits.

Protection Settings

Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. A full-range of long-

time settings are available via field-installable adjustable rating plugs.

• Overload protection

— True RMS long-time protection

— Thermal imaging: Active thermal imaging before and after tripping

• Short-circuit protection

— Short-time RMS

— Selection of I

t type (ON or OFF) for short-time delay

• Instantaneous protection

• Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I i

tsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir 24

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

6810

off

Micrologic 5.0

1—Long-time current setting and tripping delay

2—Short-time pickup and tripping delay

3—Overload signal (LED)

4—Long-time rating plug screw

5—Instantaneous pickup

6—Test connector

0 I

Table 20: Micrologic 2.0 and 3.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings

Long-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Tripping between 1.05

and 1.20 x I

= l

x ...

2.0: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

3.0: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other ranges are available by changing rating plug

Maximum Time Delay (s)

Accuracy: 0 to –20%

at 1.5 x I

12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

at 6 x I

0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24

at 7.2 x I

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6

Thermal Imaging 20 minutes before or after tripping

Short-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10%

No delay

= I

x ... 2.0: 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10

Instantaneous

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% I

= I

x ... 3.0: 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

lsd

tsd

Table 21: Micrologic 5.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings

Long-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Tripping Between 1.05

and 1.20 x I

= l

x ...

IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

Maximum Time Delay (s)

Accuracy: 0 to –20%

at 1.5 x I

12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

at 6 x I

0.5124812162024

at 7.2 x I

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6

Thermal Imaging 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping

Short-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% l

= I

x ... 1.522.53456810

Maximum Time Delay (s)

at 10 x I

Settings I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Min. Trip

Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350

Max. Trip

Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500

Instantaneous

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% I

= I

x ... 23468101215off

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Micrologic™ 2.0A, 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units with Ammeter

Micrologic A trip units protect power circuits and provide current measurements,

overload protection, and short-circuit protection. In addition, the 6.0A trip units also

provide ground-fault protection for equipment.

Protection Settings

Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. The selected

values are momentarily displayed in amperes and in seconds. A full-range of

long-time settings are available via the field-installable rating plug:

• Overload protection (true RMS long-time protection)

• Thermal imaging (active thermal imaging before and after tripping)

• Short-circuit protection:

— Short-time RMS

—I

t ON or OFF for short-time delay

• Instantaneous protection

• Ground-fault protection for equipment:

— Residual ground-fault protection for equipment

— Source ground-return ground-fault protection for equipment

— Modified differential ground-fault protection (MDGF) for equipment

• Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers

• ZSI: Zone-selective interlocking:

— ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of trip units to

provide total discrimination for short-time and equipment ground-fault

protection, without delay for tripping).

— Not available for 3.0A trip units or for 2.0A trip units installed as upstream

devices.

Ammeter Measurements

Micrologic

A trip units measure the true RMS value of currents. They provide

continuous current measurement from 0.2 to 20 x I

with an accuracy of 1.5%

(including sensors). No auxiliary source is needed where I > 0.2 x I

. The optional

external power supply (24 Vdc) makes it possible to display currents where

I<0.2xI

and to store values of the interrupted current.

A digital LCD screen continuously displays the most heavily loaded phase (I

max

)

or displays the I

, I

, and (on 4P circuit breakers only) I

stored current and

setting values by successively pressing the navigation button.

Communication Network

In conjunction with an optional communication network, the trip unit transmits the

following parameters:

• Setting values

• All ammeter measurements

• Tripping causes

Micrologic 6.0 A

100 %

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

off

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5 x In

test

off

Ir=

Ii=

tr=

Isd=

Ig=

tsd=

tg=

In=

MAX

1—Indication of tripping cause

2—Navigation buttons

3—Long-time current setting and tripping delay

4—Short-time pickup and tripping delay

5—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay

6—Test lamp and reset

7—Digital display

8—Three-phase bar graph and ammeter

9—Overload signal (LED)

10—Long-time rating plug screw

11—Instantaneous pickup

12—Electronic push-to-trip

13—Test connector

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

External Power Supplies for Micrologic Trip Units

Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source.

0 I

Table 22: Micrologic 2.0A and 3.0A Trip Unit Settings

Long-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Tripping Between 1.05

and 1.20 x I

= l

x...

2.0A: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

3.0A: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

Maximum Time Delay (s)

Accuracy: 0–20%

at 1.5 x I

12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

at 6 x I

0.5124812162024

at 7.2 x I

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6

Thermal Imaging 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping

Short-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10%, No delay I

= I

x...2.0A:1.522.53456810

Instantaneous

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% I

= I

x... 3.0A:1.52345681012

lsd

tsd

Table 23: Micrologic 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Unit Settings

Long-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Tripping Between 1.05

and 1.20 x I

= l

x...

IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other ranges are available by changing rating plug

Maximum Time Delay (s)

Accuracy: 0–20%

at 1.5 x I

12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

at 6 x I

0.5124812162024

at 7.2 x I

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6

Thermal Imaging 20 minutes before or after tripping

Short-Time

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% l

= I

x... 1.522.53456810

Maximum Time Delay (s)

at 10 x I

Settings I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Min. trip time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350

Max. trip time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500

Instantaneous

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% I

= I

x... 23468101215off

0 I

I2t off

I2t on

Table 24: Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings

Ground-Fault Pickup (A)

Accuracy: ±10%

= l

x... A B C D E F G H J

≤400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

400 A < l

≤1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

> 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200

Maximum Time Delay (s) at

1 x I

Settings I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Minimum Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350

Maximum Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500

Table 25: Micrologic A Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Function Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2

Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes

LED Trip Indication Yes Yes

Ammeter and bar graph displays Yes Yes

Trip Setting and Max. Current Readings Can Be

Accessed on the Display by Using Navigation

Buttons

Yes, If Current Flow on One Phase is Equal To or Greater Than:

Yes

Sensor Plug Value (I

) Minimum Ground-fault Pickup

100–250 A 30% of sensor rating

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for

Testing Ground Fault1

400–1200 A 20% of sensor rating

1600–6300 A 500 A

Modbus® Communications (Optional) No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for

the circuit breaker communication module

Back-lit Display No Yes

1Ground fault Push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Micrologic™ 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units with Power Metering

Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters

Load shedding and reconnection parameters can be set according to the power or the current flowing

through the circuit breaker. Load shedding is carried out by a remote computer via the communication

network or by an M6C programmable contact.

Micrologic P trip units provide power metering and extended protection in addition

to the adjustable protection functions of the Micrologic A trip unit.

Protection Settings

The adjustable protection functions of the 5.0P and 6.0P trip units are identical to

those of Micrologic A trip unit (overloads, short circuits, equipment ground-fault

protection; see page 44). These units also feature:

• Fine adjustment

Within the range below the rotary switch setting, fine adjustments of

pickups/delays in steps of 1 A/s (except for short-time and ground-fault) are

possible on the keypad or remotely by the communication network.

• Inverse definite minimum time lag (IDMTL) setting.

Coordination with fuse-type or medium-voltage protection systems is

optimized by adjusting the long-time delay curve around 6 x I

axis. This setting

ensures better coordination with certain loads.

• Neutral protection

On three-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using the keypad or

remotely using the communication network to one of four positions: OFF, 1/2N

(1/2 x I

), 1N (1 x I

), or 1.6N (2 x I

NOTE: Neutral protection is disabled if long-time curve is set to one of the

IDMTL protection settings.

• Configuring Alarms and Other Protection Functions

When the cover is closed, the keypad may no longer be used to change the

protection settings, but it still provides access to the displays for

measurements, histories, indicators, etc. Depending on the thresholds and

time delays set, the Micrologic P trip unit monitors current, voltage, power,

frequency, and phase sequence. Each threshold overrun may be signalled

remotely via the communication network.

Each threshold overrun may be combined with tripping (protection) or an

indication carried out by an optional M6C programmable contact (alarm), or both

(protection and alarm).

Maintenance Record

The maintenance record can be consulted using the full-function test kit or

remotely via the communication network. It can be used as an aid in

troubleshooting and to assist scheduling for device maintenance operations.

Recorded indications include:

• Highest current measured

• Operation counter (cumulative total and total since last reset)

• Number of test kit connections

• Number of trips in operating mode

Micrologic 6.0 P

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir

x In

test

off

715

311

85kA

30kA

24s

5000A

(A)

Tr i p

0.4s

1—Indication of tripping cause

2—High resolution screen

3—Measurement display

4—Navigation buttons

5—Long-time current setting and tripping delay

6—Short-time pickup and tripping delay

7—Hole for settings lockout pin

8—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay

9—Test lamp and indication reset

10—Maintenance indicators

11—Protection settings

12—Overload signal (LED)

13—Long-time rating plug screw

14—Instantaneous pickup

15—Electronic push-to-trip

16—Test connector

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts

The M6C programmable contact may be used to signal threshold overruns or status changes. It can be

programmed using the keypad on the Micrologic P trip unit or remotely using the communication

network. The contact is required to obtain data from the protective relay functions on Type P and

Type H trip units.

Micrologic P trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based

protection functions require no auxiliary power source.

IDMTL

Isd

tsd

IrIsd Ii

Table 26: Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings

Long-Time

(RMS)

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Tripping Between 1.05

and 1.20 x I

= l

x... IEC 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

= l

x... UL 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

Maximum Time Delay (s)

Accuracy: 0 to –20%

at 1.5 x I

12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

at 6 x I

0.5124812162024

at 7.2 x I

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6

IDMTL Setting Curve slope SIT VIT EIT HV Fuse DT

Thermal Imaging 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping

Short-Time

(RMS)

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% l

= I

x... 1.522.53456810

Maximum Time Delay (s)

at 10 x I

Settings I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350

Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500

Instantaneous

Protection

Current Setting (A)

Accuracy: ±10% I

= I

x... 23468101215off

0 I

I2t off

I2t on

Table 27: Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings

Ground-Fault Pickup (A)

Accuracy: ±10%

= l

x... ABCDEF GHJ

≤ 400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

400 A < l

≤ 1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

> 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200

Time Delay (s)

at 1 x In

Settings I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350

Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500

Table 28: Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Protection Functions

Threshold Time Delay

Current Current Imbalance 0.05 to 0.6 x I

max

1 to 40 s

Maximum Current I

max

: I

, I

0.2 to 1.0 x I

15 to 1500 s

Voltage

Voltage Imbalance 0.02 to 0.3 x V

1 to 40 s

Minimum Voltage V

min

100 to 725 V (Phase Total) 0.25 to 0.5 s

Maximum Voltage V

max

100 to 1200 V (Between Phases) 0.20 to 5.0 s

Power Maximum Power P

max

5 to 500 kW 0.2 to 20 s

Reverse Power P

0.02 to 0.2 x P

0.5 to 20 s

Frequency Minimum Frequency F

min

45 to 65 Hz 0.2 to 5 s

Maximum Frequency F

max

45 to 540 Hz 0.2 to 5 s

Phase Sequence ΔØ ØA-ØB-ØC or ØA-ØC-ØB Instantaneous

Table 29: Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Current and Power Load-Shedding

Pickup Drop-out

Threshold Time Delay Threshold Time Delay

Current I 0.5 to 1.0 x I

Per Phase 20% to 80% x t

0.3 to 1.0 x I

per phase 10 to 600 s

Power P 200 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s 100 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Tripping and Alarm Histories

The last ten trips and ten alarms are recorded in two separate history files that can be displayed on the

screen (sample displays are shown).

The following information is contained in these files:

Metering

The Micrologic P trip unit calculates in real time the electrical values V, A, W, VAR, VA, Wh, VARh,

VAh, Hz, power factor and crest factor. It also calculates demand current and power over an adjustable

time period.

Table 30: Micrologic P Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Function Without 24 Vdc Power

Supply at F1 and F2

With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1

and F2

Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes

LED Trip Indication Yes Yes

LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1Yes

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing

Ground Fault2Yes1Yes

Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1Yes

Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and

M6C Programmable Contact Modules No Yes

Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for

the module

Modbus Communications No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for

the circuit breaker communication module

1 If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application.

2Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

Trip History Alarm History

• Type of fault • Type of alarm

• Date and time of fault • Date and time of alarm

• Interrupted current • Values measured at time of

alarm

Trip History Alarm History

Trip

history

30/06/1999

max

27/07/1999

03/08/1999

= 4800 A

= 5600 A

= 4000 A

= 200 A

03/08/1999

= 4000 A

11:04:18 am

Trip

85kA

30kA

24s

5000 A

(A)

Tr i p

0.4s

max

IA = 4800 A

IB = 4600 A

IC = 4000 A

IN = 200 A

I = 13 A

instant.

Current Metering Maximum Current

inst.

= 460 V

= 464 V

= 461 V

= 270 V

= 279 V

= 273 V

inst.

P (kW)

2180

Q (kVAR)

- 650

S (kVA)

2280

Voltage Metering Power Metering

(Hz)

60.0

demand

P (kW)

2180

Q (kVAR)

- 650

S (kVA)

2280

Frequency Power Demand

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Real-Time Metering

The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. Minimum and maximum measurement

values are stored in memory.

Demand Metering

The demand is calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be programmed from five to sixty

minutes. Depending on the contract signed with the power supplier, specific programming makes it

possible to avoid or minimize the cost of overrunning the subscribed power. Maximum demand values

are systematically stored and time stamped.

Communication Network

The communication network may be used to:

•

Remotely read parameters for the protection functions.

•

Transmit all the measurements and calculated values.

•

Signal the causes of tripping and alarms.

•

Consult the history files and the maintenance indicator record.

In addition, an event log of the last 100 events and a maintenance record, which is stored in the trip

unit memory but not available locally, may be accessed via the communication network.

This Modbus communication system is compatible with the Powerlogic™ System Manager™ software

(SMS).

Event Log

The event log may be accessed by a remote computer via the communication network. All events are

time stamped and include:

•

Trips

•

Beginning and end of alarms

•

Modifications to settings and parameters

•

Loss of time

•

Test kit connections

•

Counter resets

•

System faults (thermal self-protection, major fault and minor fault alarms)

Table 31: Real-Time Metering

Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source

Current

IRMS

IAVERAGE

IPEAK/√2

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

(ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Voltage

VRMS

ΔVIMBALANCE

(ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA)

(ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N)

VRMS

Power

P, Q and S

EP, EQ and ES

Power factor

W, VAR, VA

Wh, VARh, VAh

Total

Frequency F Hz 50/60

Table 32: Demand Metering

Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source

Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Micrologic™ 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units with Harmonic Metering

•

Demand Metering: Similar to the Micrologic P trip unit, demand values are calculated over a fixed

or sliding time window that can be set from five to sixty minutes.

Waveform Capture

The Micrologic H trip units can capture and store current and voltage waveforms using digital sampling

techniques similar to those used in oscilloscopes. Using the information available in the captured

waveform, it is possible to determine the level of harmonics as well as the direction and amplitude of

the flow of harmonic power.

The Micrologic™ H trip unit can record manually via the keypad the following waveforms:

•

Currents I

, I

and I

•

Phase-to-phase voltages V

, V

, and V

In addition to the P functions, the Micrologic H trip units offer:

•

In-depth analysis of power quality including calculation of harmonics and the fundamentals.

•

Diagnostics aid and event analysis through waveform capture.

•

Customized alarm programming to analyze and track down a disturbance on the ac power

system.

•

Systematic time stamping of all events and creation of logs.

Metering

The Micrologic H trip unit offers all the measurements carried out by the Micrologic P trip unit, with

the addition of phase-by-phase measurements of power and energy as well as calculation of:

•

Current and voltage total harmonic distortion (THD, thd)

•

Current, voltage and power fundamentals (50/60 Hz)

•

Harmonic components (amplitude and phase) up to the 31st current and voltage harmonic

•

Real-time metering: The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. The

table below shows what is measured in real-time metering

Table 33: Measurements

Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source

Current

IRMS

IAVERAGE

IPEAK

/√2

ΔIIMBALANCE

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

(ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Voltage

VRMS

ΔVIMBALANCE

(ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA)

(ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N)

VRMS

Power

P, Q and S

EP, EQ and ES

Power factor

W, VAR, VA

Wh, VARh, VAh

Total

Frequency F Hz ØA, ØB, or ØC

Power Quality

Indicators

Fundamentals

THD

V and I harmonics

50/60 Hz component

Amplitude to phase

V, I, P, Q, and S

V/I

1, 2, 3, 4...50

Micrologic 6.0 H

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

(s)

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir

x In

test

(A)

(V)

(kW)

(kWh)

armonics

off

ground fault

DEF

Table 34: Demand Metering

Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source

Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Waveforms may be displayed on the graphic screen of the control unit or communicated over a

networked system. The recording takes place over one cycle with a measurement range of 1 to 1.5 I

for current and 0 to 690 volts for voltage. Resolution is 64 points per cycle.

Customized Alarm Programming

The instantaneous value of each measurement can be compared to user-set high and low thresholds.

Overrun of a threshold generates an alarm. Programmable action can be linked to each alarm, including

circuit breaker opening, activation of an M6C contact, recording of measurements in a log, etc.

Event Logs

Each event is recorded with:

•

The date, time, and name of the event

•

The event characteristics

Micrologic H trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based

protection functions require no auxiliary power source.

Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units

•

Setting the display language: System messages can be displayed in six different languages

(English - US, English - UK, French, German, Spanish, and Italian). The desired language is

selected via the keypad.

•

Protection functions: All current-based protection functions require no auxiliary source. Voltage-

based protection functions are connected to ac power via a voltage measurement input built into

the circuit breaker on the bottom side. (Optional external voltage measurement is available as a

factory-installed option.)

•

Accuracy of measurements (including sensors):

— Voltage (V) 1%

— Current (A) 1.5% (higher accuracy [1%] may be achieved with special calibration on the current

transformer [CT characterization option])

— Frequency (Hz) 0.1 Hz

— Power (W) and energy (Wh) 2.5%

The Micrologic H trip unit uses a dedicated metering data chain separate from the protection data

chain so that a greater number of data samples can be used for metering. This increases the

number of samples taken per time period, which in turn gives the H trip unit a higher degree of

metering accuracy.

Table 35: Micrologic H Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Function Without 24 Vdc Power

Supply at F1 and F2

With 24 Vdc Power Supply

at F1 and F2

Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes

LED Trip Indication Yes Yes

LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1

1 If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application.

Yes

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2

2Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

Yes1Yes

Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1Yes

Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C

Programmable Contact Modules No Yes

Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc

Power Supply for the Module

Modbus™ Communications No

Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc

Power Supply for the Circuit

Breaker Communication Module

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

•

Stored information: The fine setting adjustments, the last 100 events and the maintenance record

remain in the trip unit memory even when power is lost.

•

Reset: An individual reset, via the keypad or remotely, will reset alarms, minimum and maximum

data, peak values, counters and indicators.

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Functions

Long-Time Trip Functions

The long-time pickup switch sets the maximum current level the circuit breaker will

carry continuously. The maximum current level (I

) is the long-time pickup setting

multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (I

). If the current exceeds this value for longer

than the long-time delay time, the circuit breaker will trip.

The long-time delay switch sets the length of time that the circuit breaker will carry a

sustained overload before tripping. Delay bands are labeled in seconds of overcurrent

at six times the ampere rating. For maximum coordination, there are eight delay bands.

Long-time delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as

the current increases.

The trip unit includes an alarm indicator that will be lit continuously when the current is

above 100% of the pickup setting.

Short-Time Trip Functions

The short-time pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit

breaker will trip after the set short-time delay. The short-time current (I

) equals the

short-time pickup setting multiplied by the long-time pickup (I

The short-time delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short

circuit within the short-time pickup range. The delay (based on 10 times the ampere

rating I

) can be adjusted to four positions of I

t ramp operation (I

t ON) or five

positions of fixed time delays (I

t OFF). I

t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic

in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. Short-time delay for the 2.0

trip unit is fixed at a delay band of 20 to 80 ms.

Instantaneous Trip Function

The instantaneous pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit

breaker will trip with no intentional time delay. The instantaneous current (I

) is equal to

the instantaneous pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (I

The instantaneous function will override the short-time function if the instantaneous

pickup is adjusted at the same or lower setting than the short-time pickup. In trip units

with both adjustable short-time and instantaneous trip functions, the adjustable

instantaneous trip can be disabled by setting Instantaneous pickup to OFF.

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

x In

6810

off

test

Long-time

Pickup

Long-time

Delay

Alarm

Indicator

Long-time Trip Functions

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

x In

6810

off

test

Short-time

Pickup

Short-time

Delay

Instantaneous

Short-time Trip Functions

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Ground-Fault Trip Functions

The ground-fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip

after the set ground-fault delay. Ground-fault pickup values (I

) are based on circuit

breaker sensor plug (I

) only, not on the rating plug multiplier (I

). Changing the rating

plug multiplier has no effect on ground-fault pickup values.

The ground-fault delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry

ground-fault current which exceeds the ground-fault pickup level before tripping. The

delay, based on the sensor plug amperage (I

), can be adjusted to four positions of I

ramp operation (I

t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I

t OFF). I

t ON delay is

an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current

increases.

.7 .8 .9

.95

.98

delay

short time

I itsd

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

instantaneous

long time

alarm

x In

ground fault

DEF

Ig tg

(s)

on I2t

.4.4

off

setting

x Ir

2.5345

Isd

1.5

4812

(s)

@ 6 Ir24

x In

6810

off

test

Ground-fault

Pickup

Ground-fault

Delay

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Smart System Communication Wiring System

Wiring System ULP

The wiring system is designed for low-voltage power switchboards. Installation does not require

special tools or training. The prefabricated wiring ensures both data transmission (Modbus protocol)

and 24 Vdc power distribution for the communications modules on the Micrologic trip units.

24 Vdc

A. FDM128 display for 8 LV devices

B. IFE Ethernet interface for LV circuit breaker and gateway

C. IFM Modbus-SL interface for LV circuit breaker

D. FDM121 display for LV circuit breaker

E. IO input/output interface module for LV circuit breaker

F. Masterpact NT/NW circuit breaker

G. PowerPact H-, J-, or L-frame circuit breaker

H. ULP line terminator

I. ULP cable

J. Breaker ULP cord

K. NSX cord

L. PowerPact P/R or Compact NS

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Four Functional Levels

The PowerPact and Compact devices can be integrated into Ethernet and Modbus communication

environment.

There are four possible functional levels that can be combined.

Modbus Principle

The Modbus RS 485 (RTU protocol) system is an open bus on which communicating Modbus devices

(Masterpact NW with Modbus COM, Power Meter PM700, PM800, PowerPact P/R-frame, etc.) are

installed. All types of PLCs and microcomputers may be connected to the bus.

Addresses

The Modbus communication parameters (address, baud rate, parity) are entered using the keypad on

the Micrologic A, P, or H trip unit. For a switch, it is necessary to use the Electrical Asset Manager or

RSU (Remote Setting Utility) Micrologic utility.

Number of Devices

The maximum number of devices that may be connected to the Modbus bus depends on the type of

device (PowerPact circuit breaker with Modbus COM, PM700, PM800, Masterpact circuit breaker,

etc.), the baud rate (19200 is recommended), the volume of data exchanged and the desired response

time. The RS 485 physical layer offers up to thirty-two connection points on the bus (one master, thirty-

one slaves).

Length of Bus

The maximum recommended length for the Modbus bus is 3940 feet (1200 meters).

Bus Power Source

A 24 Vdc power supply is required (less than 20% ripple, insulation class II).

A: Micrologic trip unit with

ammeter

P: Micrologic trip unit

“Power”

H: Micrologic trip unit

“Harmonics”

NOTE: See the section on

the Micrologic trip units for

details about the trip units.

Functional Level Switch Circuit Breaker

Status Indications

ON/OFF (O/F) \

Spring charged

Ready to close

Fault-trip SDE

Connected / disconnected / test position CE/CD/CT (CCM only)

—

Controls

MX1 shunt trip

XF shunt close

Measurements

Instantaneous measurement information

Averaged measurement information

Maximum / minimum Ammeter

Energy metering

Demand for current and power

Power quality

—

Operating Assistance

Protection and alarm settings

Histories

Time stamped event tables

Maintenance indicators

—

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Ethernet Principle

Ethernet is a data link and physical layer protocol defined by IEEE 802 10 and 100 Mbps specifications

that connects computer or other Ethernet devices. Ethernet is an asynchronous Carrier Sense Multiple

Access with Collision detection (referred as CSMA/CD) protocol. Carrier Sense means that the hosts

can detect whether the medium (coaxial cable) is idle or busy.

Multiple Access means that multiple hosts can be connected to the common medium. Collision

Detection means a host detects whether its transmission has collided with the transmission of another

host (or hosts).

IFE Ethernet interface can be connected to a PC or a laptop over Ethernet. The maximum length of

Ethernet cable is 325 feet (100 meters). IFE Ethernet interface + gateway provides a Modbus TCP/IP

gateway over Ethernet to enable Modbus TCP communication from a Modbus TCP master to any

Modbus slave devices connected to it. The maximum active Modbus TCP client connection is twelve.

IFE Ethernet interface has an embedded web server (web page).

COM Option in PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers

All PowerPact and Compact devices can be fitted with the communication function thanks to the COM

option. PowerPact and Compact uses the Ethernet or Modbus communications protocol for full

compatibility with the supervision management systems.

For fixed and drawout devices, the common communication option is made up of:

•

A BCM ULP module, installed behind the Micrologic trip unit and supplied with a set of switches

(OF, SDE, PF and CH switches), a kit for connection to shunt close (XF) and shunt trip (MX1)

communicating voltage releases (for electrically operated devices), and a COM terminal block

(inputs E1 to E6).

This module is independent of the trip unit and receives and transmits information on the

communication network. An infra-red link transmits data between the trip unit and the

communication module.

Consumption: 30 mA, 24 V.

and

•

The IFM module, the Modbus interface for connection to the network, contains the Modbus address

(1 to 99) declared by the user using the two dials in front. It automatically adapts (baud rate, parity)

to the Modbus network in which it is installed.

•

The IFE module, the Ethernet interface for low-voltage circuit breakers, enables an intelligent

modular unit (IMU) such as a Masterpact NT/NW or PowerPact circuit breaker to be connected to

an Ethernet network. Each circuit breaker has its own IFE and a corresponding IP address.

For drawout device the Cradle Management option must be added:

The I/O (Input/Output) application module for low-voltage circuit breakers is delivered with the drawout

devices ordered with the COM option for cradle management. It must be installed on a steel DIN rail

that is properly grounded near the device. The I/O module must be connected to the ULP system and

to the cradle position contacts (CD, CT, CE) that transmit the position of the circuit breaker in the

cradle.

For communicating remote control for electrically operated devices, shunt close (XF) and shunt trip

(MX1) communicating voltage releases must be added:

The shunt close (XF) and shunt trip (MX1) communicating voltage releases are equipped for

connection to the communication module.

The remote-tripping function shunt trip (MX2) and undervoltage release (MN) are independent of the

communication option. They are not equipped for connection to the communication module.

BCM ULP Module

I/O Application Module

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Figure 4: Communication Connections

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE_XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE_XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

ULP system

Modbus

Ethernet

I1 A1

I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

1423 24 33 34 T1 T2

O2 O3A1

APP

IO M odule

APP

IO M odule

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE_XX.YY

.ZZ (factory set)

ETH1 ET H2

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE_XX.YY

.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus

Ethernet

DB417122.eps

I1 A1

I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

14 23 24 33 34 T1T2

O2 O3 A1

APP

IO Module

APP

IO Module

24VDC

I1I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IF E

IFE_XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IF E

IFE_XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus

Ethernet

DB417123.eps

24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

A. BCM ULP

B. OF, SDE, SD, PF, CH (tripped, Open/closed, overcurrent trip, ready to close, charged Switches

C. COM Terminal Block (E1 to E6)

D. Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF)

E. CE, CD, and CT (connected, disconnected, test) Contacts

F. Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

G. I/O Application Module

H. ULP Cable

I. IFE Module

J. IFM Module

Fixed Devices Drawout Devices

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

IFE Ethernet Interface

IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Description

Introduction

The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway enable low-voltage circuit breakers such as

Masterpact NT/NW or PowerPact P/R-frame to be connected to an Ethernet network.

IFE Interface

Provides Ethernet access to a single low-voltage circuit breaker.

Function: Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port.

IFE Interface + Gateway

Provides Ethernet access to one or several low-voltage circuit breakers.

Functions:

•

Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port.

•

Gateway: several circuit breakers on a Modbus network are connected using the IFE interface +

gateway master Modbus port.

IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Features

•

Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port for simple daisy chain connection.

•

Device profile web service for discovery of the IFE interface, IFE interface + gateway on the LAN.

•

Ethernet interface for Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers.

•

Gateway for Modbus-SL connected devices (IFE interface + gateway only).

•

Embedded set-up web pages.

•

Embedded monitoring web pages.

•

Embedded control web pages.

•

Built-in e-mail alarm notification.

IFE Interface

IFE Interface + Gateway

Figure 5: IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Screen

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Mounting

The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway are DIN rail mounting devices. A stacking accessory

enables the user to connect several IFMs (ULP to Modbus interfaces) to an IFE interface + gateway

without additional wiring.

24 Vdc Power Supply

The IFE interface and the IFE interface + gateway must always be supplied with 24 Vdc.

The IFMs stacked to an IFE interface + gateway have power supplied by the IFE interface + gateway,

thus it is not necessary to supply them separately. It is recommended to use a UL listed and

recognized limited voltage/limited current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

Required Circuit Breaker Communication Modules

The connection to an IFE interface or IFE interface + gateway requires a communication module

embedded into the circuit breaker:

•

PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers: BCM ULP communication module

•

Drawout PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers: BCM ULP and its respective I/O (Input/Output)

application module.

All connection configurations for the circuit breakers require the circuit breaker ULP cord. The

insulated NSX cord is mandatory for system voltages greater than 480 Vac. When the second ULP

RJ45 connector is not used, it must be closed with a ULP terminator (TRV00880).

Table 36: Network Communication Interface

Characteristic Value

Type of interface module Modbus RTU, RS485 serial connection

Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet

Transmission

Modbus RS485

• Transfer rate: 9,600–19,200 Baud

• Medium Double shielded twisted pair

• Impedance 120 ȍ

Ethernet Transfer rate: 10/100 Mbps

Medium STP, Cat5e, straight cable

Structure Type Modbus, Ethernet

Method Master/Slave

Device type Modbus Master

Ethernet Server

Turnaround time Modbus 10 ms

Ethernet 1 ms

Maximum length of cable Modbus 1000 m

Ethernet 100 m

Type of bus connector Modbus 4-pin connector

Ethernet RJ45 (Shielded)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Table 37: Characteristics

General Characteristics IFE Web Page Description

Environmental Characteristics Monitoring Web Page

Conforming to standards UL 508, UL 60950, IEC 60950, 60947-6-2 Real time data X

Certification cUIUs, FCC, CE Device logging X

Ambient temperature Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C)

Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)

Control Web Page

Single device control X

Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 Diagnostics Web Page

Pollution Level 3 Statistics X

Mechanical Characteristics Device information X

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms, 1/2 sinusoidal IMU (circuit breaker) information X

Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Read device registers X

Electrical Characteristics Communication check X

Power Supply 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc) Maintenance Web Page

Consumption Typical: 4 Vdc, 120 mA at 68°F (20°C)

Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 3 A at 140°F (60°C)

Maintenance log X

Maintenance counters X

Physical Characteristics Setup Web Page

Dimensions 2.83 x 4.13 x 2.79 in. (72 x 105 x 71 mm) Device localization/name X

Mounting Mounting DIN rail Ethernet configuration (dual port) X

Weight 182.5 g (0.41 lb) IP configuration X

Degree of protection of the installed module

On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x

Connectors: IP2x

Other parts: IP3x

Modbus TCP/IP filtering X

Serial port X

Date and time X

Connections Screw type terminal blocks E-mail server configuration X

Technical Characteristics - 24 Vdc Power Supply Alarms to be e-mailed X

Power supply type Regulated switch type Device list X

Rated power 72 W Device logging X

Input voltage 100–120 Vac for single phase

200–500 Vac phase-to-phase

Device log export X

SNMP parameters X

PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2 Documentation links X

Output voltage 24 Vdc Preferences X

Power supply out current 3 A Advanced services control X

User accounts X

NOTE: Use a UL Listed/UL Recognized limited voltage/limited current or a Class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

ETH1 ETH2

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus

011

TH1 LK/1

-1

TH2 LK/10-100/ACT

odule

tatus

etwork

tatus

FE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

24VDC

ETH1 ETH2

J K

A. Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2 communication

port

B. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block

C. Ethernet communication LEDs:

• yellow: 10 Mb

• green: 100 Mb

D. Module status LED:

• steady off: no power

• steady green: device operational

• steady red: major fault

• flashing green: standby

• flashing red: minor fault

• flashing green/red: self-test

E. Network status LED:

• steady off: no power/no valid IP address

• steady green: connected, valid IP address

• steady orange: default IP address

• steady red: duplicated IP address

• flashing green/red: self-test

F. Sealable transparent cover

G. ULP status LED

H. Test button (accessible closed cover)

I. Locking pad

J. Modbus traffic status LED (IFE Interface +

Gateway only)

K. Device name label

L. ULP ports

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

IFM Modbus Communication Interface

Function

An IFM Modbus communication interface is required for connection of a Masterpact or PowerPact

circuit breaker to a Modbus network as long as this circuit breaker is provided with a ULP (Universal

Logic Plug) port. The port is available on the BCM ULP.

Once connected, the circuit breaker is considered as a slave by the Modbus master. Its electrical

values, alarm status, open/close signals can be monitored or controlled by a Programmable Logic

Controller or any other system.

Characteristics

ULP Port

Two RJ45 sockets, internal parallel wiring.

•

Connection of a single circuit breaker.

•

A ULP line terminator or an FDM121 display unit must be connected to the second RJ45 ULP

socket.

•

The RJ45 sockets deliver a 24 Vdc supply fed from the Modbus socket.

•

Built-in test function, for checking the correct connection to the circuit breaker and FDM121 display

unit.

Modbus Slave Port

•

Top socket for screw-clamp connector, providing terminals for:

— 24 Vdc input supply (0 V, +24 V)

— Modbus line (D1, D2, Gnd) 2-wire Modbus system.

•

Lateral socket, for DIN-rail stackable connector. Both top and lateral sockets are internally parallel

wired.

•

Multiple IFMs can be stacked, thus sharing a common power supply and Modbus line without

individual wiring.

•

On the front face:

— Modbus address setting (1 to 99): two coded rotary switches

— Modbus locking pad: enables or disable the circuit breaker remote control and modification of

IFM parameters.

•

Self-adjusting communication format (Baud rate, parity).

IFM Modbus

Communication Interface.

Ref.: TRV00210

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Technical Characteristics

Table 38: IFM Modbus Communication Interface

Dimensions 0.71 x 2.83 x 3.78 in. (18 x 72 x 96 mm)

Maximum number of stacked IFM 12

Degree of protection of the

installed module

Part projecting beyond the escutcheon IP4x

Other module parts IP3x

Connectors IP2x

Operating temperature -25 to +70°C

Power supply voltage 24 Vdc -20%/+10% (19.2–26.4 Vdc)

Consumption Typical 21 mA/24 Vdc at 68°F (20°C)

Maximum 30 mA/19.2 Vdc at 140°F (60°C)

Certification

CE IEC/EN 60947-1

UL UL 508 - Industrial Control Equipment

CSA

No. 142-M1987 - Process Control Equipment

• CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 0-M91 - General

requirements - Canadian Electrical Code Part

• CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14-05 - Industrial Control

Equipment

Test

GHI

A. Modbus Screw Clamp Connector

B. Modbus Address Switches

C. Modbus Traffic LED

D. Modbus Locking Pad

E. ULP Activity LED

F. Test Button

G. Mechanical Lock

H. ULP RJ45 Connectors

I. Stacking Accessory Connection

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Simplified IFM Installation

Stacking an IFM

Stacking an IFE Interface + Gateway with IFMs

Up to 12 Stacked IFM

Stacking Accessories

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

I/O Application Module

Description

The I/O (Input/Output) application module for an low-voltage circuit breaker is part of an ULP system

with built-in functions and applications to enhance the application needs. The ULP system architecture

can be built without any restrictions using the wide range of circuit breakers.

The I/O application module is compliant with the ULP system specifications.

Two I/O application modules can be connected in the same ULP network.

The ranges of low-voltage circuit breakers enhanced by the I/O application module are:

•

Masterpact NW

•

Masterpact NT

•

PowerPact R-Frame

•

PowerPact P-Frame

•

Compact NS

I/O (Input/Output) Application Module for Low-Voltage Circuit Breaker Resources

The I/O application module resources are:

•

Six digital inputs that are self powered for either NO and NC dry contact or pulse counter.

•

Three digital outputs that are a bistable relay (5 A maximum).

•

One analog input for PT100 temperature sensor.

Pre-Defined Application

The pre-defined application adds new functions to the I/O application module by:

•

Selection by the application rotary switch on the I/O application module, defining the application

with pre-defined input/output assignment and wiring diagram.

•

No additional setting with the customer engineering tool required.

The resources not assigned to the pre-defined application are free for additional user-defined applications:

•

cradle management

•

circuit breaker operation

•

cradle management + ERMS (Energy Reduction Maintenance Setting)

NOTE: Use only Micrologic P or H trip units with the blue ERMS label for energy reduction

maintenance setting systems. Review the I/O module user guide 0613IB1317 and ERMS

installation instructions NHA67346 for details on installation, testing, and operation of the ERMS

system.

•

light and load control

•

custom.

I/O Application Module

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

User-Defined Applications

User-defined applications are processed by the I/O application module in addition to the pre-defined

application selected.

The user-defined applications are available depending on:

•

the pre-defined application selected

•

the I/O application module resources (inputs and outputs) not used by the application.

The resources required by user-defined applications are assigned using the customer engineering tool:

•

protection

•

control

•

energy management

•

monitoring.

Mounting

The I/O application module is a DIN rail mounted device. Install on a steel DIN rail that is properly

grounded near the device.

Application Rotary Switch

The application rotary switch enables the selection of the pre-defined application. It has nine positions

and each position is assigned to a pre-defined application. The factory set position of the switch is pre-

defined application one.

Setting Locking Pad

The setting locking pad on the front panel of the I/O application module enables the setting of the I/O

application module by the customer engineering tool.

456

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

General Characteristics

Environmental

Characteristics

Conforming to standards UL 508, UL 60950, IED 60950, 60947-6-2

Certification cULus, EAC, FCC, CE

Ambient temperature Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C)

Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)

Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30

Pollution Level 3

Mechanical

Characteristics

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms,

1/2 sinusoidal

Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Electrical

Characteristics

Power Supply 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc)

Consumption Typical: 24 Vdc, 165 mA at 20°C

Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 420 mA at 60°C

Physical

Characteristics

Dimensions 2.83 x 4.52 X 2.79 in. (72 x 115 x 71 mm)

Mounting DIN rail

Weight 0.51 lb. (229.5 g)

Degree of protection of the installed

I/O application module

• On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x

• I/O parts: IP3x

• Connectors: IP2x

Connections Screw type terminal blocks

Technical

Characteristics

24 Vdc power

supply

Power supply type Regulated switch type

Rated power 72 W

Input voltage • 100–120 Vac for single phase

• 200–500 Vac phase-to-phase maximum

PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2

Output voltage 24 Vdc

Power supply out current 3 A

NOTE: It is recommended to use an UL listed/UL listed recognized limited voltage/limited

current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

Digital Inputs

Digital input type Self powered digital input with current limitations as

per IEC 61131-2 type 2 standards (7 mA)

Input limit values at state 1 (close) 19.8–25.2 Vdc, 6.1–8.8 mA

Input limit values at state 0 (open 0–19.8 Vdc, 0 mA

Maximum cable length 33 ft (10 m)

NOTE: For a length greater than 10 m (33 ft) and up to 300 m (1,000 ft), it is mandatory to

use a shielded twisted cable. The shield cable is connected to the I/O functional ground of

the I/O application module.

Digital Outputs

Digital output type Bistable relay

Rated load 5 A at 250 Vac

Rated carry current 5 A

Maximum switching voltage 380 Vac, 125 Vdc

Maximum switch current 5 A

Maximum switching power 1250 VA, 150 W

Minimum permissible load 10 mA at 5 Vdc

Contact resistance 30 mȍ

Maximum operating frequency • 18000 operations/hr (Mechanical)

• 1800 operations/hr (Electrical)

Digital output relay protection by an

external fuse External fuse of 5 A or less

Maximum cable length 10 m (33 ft)

Analog Inputs

The I/O application module analog input can be connected to a Pt100 temperature sensor

Range -22 to 392°F (-30 to 200°C)

Accuracy

-22 to 68°F (-30 to 20°C): ±3.6°F (2°C)

68 to 284°F (20 to 140°C): ±1.8°F (1°C)

284 to 392°F (140 to 200°C): ±3.6°F (2°C)

Refresh interval 5 s

13 14 23 24 33 34 T1

APP

456

O1 O2 O3 A1

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

I1 AI

LV434063

APP

LV434063

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

24VDC

A. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block.

B. Digital input terminal block:

6 inputs, 3 commons and 1 shield.

C. 6 input status LEDs.

D. Analog input status LED.

E. 3 output status LEDs.

F. I/O application module identification labels.

G. Sealable transparent cover.

H. Analog input terminal block.

I. Digital output terminal blocks.

J. ULP status LED.

K. Test/reset button (accessible with cover closed).

L. Setting locking pad.

M. Application rotary switch: 1 to 9.

N. Switch for I/O addressing (I/O 1 or I/O 2).

O. ULP connectors.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool (Ecoreach™)

Introduction

The Ecoreach engineering tool is a software application that helps the user to manage a project as part

of designing, testing, site commissioning, and maintenance of the project life cycle. It enables the user

to prepare the settings of the devices offline (without connecting to the device) and configure them

when connected with the devices. It also provides other value-added features for the user to manage

the project such as: safe repository in cloud, attach artifacts to each device or at the project level,

organize devices in switchboard, manage a hierarchical structure of the installation, etc.

Compatible Devices (Configuration and Device Management)

The Ecoreach engineering tool is compatible with the following devices:

•

Compact NSX100-630 (IEC) circuit breakers

•

PowerPact (UL) circuit breakers

•

Compact NS630b-3200 (IEC) circuit breakers

•

Masterpact NT/NW (IEC and UL) circuit breakers

•

Compatible devices (Device Management in the project)

•

Switches (Compact NSX, Masterpact & PowerPact Family)

•

Third party devices.

References:

The Ecoreach software package can be downloaded from our website:

www.schneider-electric.com

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems

02/2016

™

Features

The Ecoreach engineering tool includes the Schneider Electric customer engineering tools such as the

Remote Setting Utility (RSU) and Remote Control Utility (RCU) with additional features.

The Ecoreach engineering tool supports the connection of Schneider Electric communicable devices to:

•

create projects by device discovery, selection of devices, and importing a Bill of Material (BOM)

•

monitor the status of protection and I/O status

•

read information (alarms, measurements, parameters)

•

check protection discrimination between two devices

•

upload and download of configuration or settings in batch mode to multiple devices.

•

carry out commands and tests

•

generate and print a device settings report and communication test report

•

manage multiple devices with a electrical and communication hierarchy model

•

manage artifacts (project documents)

•

check consistency in settings between devices on a communication network

•

compare configuration settings between PC and device (online)

•

download latest firmware.

The Ecoreach engineering tool enables the user to access the advanced features of the software once

the project is saved in the Schneider Electric cloud.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Performance

PowerPact M-frame molded case circuit breakers provide improved performance and a compact solution

for applications up to 800 A. They complement the existing PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers,

and replace the traditional MA/MH circuit breakers with a smaller footprint and competitive cost.

•

Available in 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, and 800 A ratings.

•

Available in two- and three-pole unit-mount and I-Line versions

•

Built-in electronic trip unit type ET 1.0 provides better accuracy than standard thermal-magnetic trip

units. The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the trip point

setting. (It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.)

•

FIxed long-time and adjustable instantaneous protection (2 to 10 times nominal ampere rating) is

standard.

•

Same dimensions, common mounting, bussing, cabling and door cut-out as PowerPact P-frame

circuit breakers.

•

Approximately 15% smaller installed volume than the MA/MH circuit breakers.

•

A full range of electrical accessories are available:

— Shunt trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)

— Undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)

— Time delayed undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)

— Auxiliary switches (up to 3A/3B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage)

— Alarm switch (1A/1B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage)

— Overcurrent trip switch (SDE)

•

A full range of mechanical accessories are available:

— Standard mechanical lugs (aluminum or copper)

— Crimp (compression) lugs (aluminum or copper)

— Power distribution lugs (aluminum only)

— Bus connector kit

— Inter-phase barriers

— Door escutcheons (for toggle or accessory cover)

— Padlocking device (removable or fixed version), complies with OSHA requirements

— Key-lock device (Kirk

or Schneider Electric™ keylocks)

M-Frame Unit-Mount

M-Frame I-Line

Table 39: Termination Options

Frame Termination

Letter Termination Option

M-Frame

F No Lugs

L Lugs both ends

M Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end

P Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end

M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter

in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination

Letter

D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Catalog Numbers

Interrupting Ratings

Termination Information

Unit-mount circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have

lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. See Table 91 on page

114 for more lug options.

Accessories

Accessories are available either factory- or field-installed. They can be installed in accessory compartments

behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 67 on page 100 for available accessories.

Table 40: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with

Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings)

Type Poles

Current Rating

300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A

MG 2 MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800

MJ 2 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800

MG 3 MGL36300 MGL36350 MGL36400 MGL36450 MGL36500 MGL36600 MGL36700 MGL36800

MJ 3 MJL36300 MJL36350 MJL36400 MJL36450 MJL36500 MJL36600 MJL36700 MJL36800

Table 41: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line™, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with

Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings)

Type Poles

Current Rating

300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A

MG12MGA263002 MGA263502 MGA264002 MGA264502 MGA265002 MGA266002 MGA267002 MGA268002

MJ12MJA263002 MJA263502 MJA264002 MJA264502 MJA265002 MJA266002 MJA267002 MJA268002

MG23MGA36300 MGA36350 MGA36400 MGA36450 MGA36500 MGA36600 MGA36700 MGA36800

MJ23MJA36300 MJA36350 MJA36400 MJA36450 MJA36500 MJA36600 MJA36700 MJA36800

1Suffix 2 is for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

2No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

M-Frame Unit-Mount

M-Frame I-Line

Table 42: Interrupting Ratings

Mounting Circuit

Breaker

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NMX IEC 60947-2

240 Vac 380/415 Vac

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics

Individually-

Mounted

MG 65 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

MJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

I-Line MG 65 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

MJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Control Wiring

Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position

Figure 6: Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams

Function Connector Description

Auxiliary

Contacts

OF Open/Closed Circuit Breaker

Position Contacts

SD Bell Alarm

Remote

Operation

MN Undervoltage Trip Device

MX Shunt Trip

MN MX

Remote Operation Alarm Contacts

OF2

Closed

OF3

Open

OF1

Tripped

SDE

Fault

D1/C1

D2/C2

MN/MX OF1

OF2

OF3

SDE

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Performance

Providing unparalleled performance and control, the P-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive

Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and

monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.

The compact size and small footprint of the P-frame circuit breaker permits high density installations in

I-Line panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated construction

for all unit-mount circuit breakers and up to 800 A in I-Line circuit breakers to meet a broad range of

commercial and industrial application needs.

•

Both standard (80%) and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 1200 A with a

sensor size range of 250–1200 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):

•

The P-frame circuit breakers with K interrupting rating are recommended for applications having

high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for small footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and

switchboards. Nine inch width provides increased density installation.

•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering

and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.

•

Field-installable sensor plugs (after January 2007). See Table 79 on page 108.

•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to

purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

•

Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility.

•

Additional options are available for 5-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawout-

mounting.

P-Frame I-Line

P-Frame Unit-Mount

P-Frame Drawout

Voltage G J K L

240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Catalog Numbers

Table 43: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount

, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic

Electronic Trip and Micrologic

™

Electronic Trip Unit

Trip Unit

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

Type 250 A

400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A

Basic Electronic

Trip Unit

(Not

Interchangeable)

ET1.0I

2P4, 3P

Fixed

Long-time

——PGL36060 PGL36080 PGL36100 PGL36120

——PJL36060 PJL36080 PJL36100 PJL36120

——PKL36060 PKL36080 PKL36100 PKL36120

——PLL34060 PLL34080 PLL34100 PLL34120

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Standard Trip

Unit

3.0 (LI)

3P,

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U31A PGL36040U31A PGL36060U31A PGL36080U31A PGL36100U31A PGL36120U31A

PJL36025U31A PJL36040U31A PJL36060U31A PJL36080U31A PJL36100U31A PJL36120U31A

PKL36025U31A PKL36040U31A PKL36060U31A PKL36080U31A PKL36100U31A PKL36120U31A

PLL34025U31A PLL34040U31A PLL34060U31A PLL34080U31A PLL34100U31A PLL34120U31A

5.0 (LSI)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U33A PGL36040U33A PGL36060U33A PGL36080U33A PGL36100U33A PGL36120U33A

PJL36025U33A PJL36040U33A PJL36060U33A PJL36080U33A PJL36100U33A PJL36120U33A

PKL36025U33A PKL36040U33A PKL36060U33A PKL36080U33A PKL36100U33A PKL36120U33A

PLL34025U33A PLL34040U33A PLL34060U33A PLL34080U33A PLL34100U33A PLL34120U33A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Ammeter Trip

Unit6

3.0A (LI)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U41A PGL36040U41A PGL36060U41A PGL36080U41A PGL36100U41A PGL36120U41A

PJL36025U41A PJL36040U41A PJL36060U41A PJL36080U41A PJL36100U41A PJL36120U41A

PKL36025U41A PKL36040U41A PKL36060U41A PKL36080U41A PKL36100U41A PKL36120U41A

PLL34025U41A PLL34040U41A PLL34060U41A PLL34080U41A PLL34100U41A PLL34120U41A

5.0A (LSI)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U43A PGL36040U43A PGL36060U43A PGL36080U43A PGL36100U43A PGL36120U43A

PJL36025U43A PJL36040U43A PJL36060U43A PJL36080U43A PJL36100U43A PJL36120U43A

PKL36025U43A PKL36040U43A PKL36060U43A PKL36080U43A PKL36100U43A PKL36120U43A

PLL34025U43A PLL34040U43A PLL34060U43A PLL34080U43A PLL34100U43A PLL34120U43A

6.0A (LSIG)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U44A PGL36040U44A PGL36060U44A PGL36080U44A PGL36100U44A PGL36120U44A

PJL36025U44A PJL36040U44A PJL36060U44A PJL36080U44A PJL36100U44A PJL36120U44A

PKL36025U44A PKL36040U44A PKL36060U44A PKL36080U44A PKL36100U44A PKL36120U44A

PLL34025U44A PLL34040U44A PLL34060U44A PLL34080U44A PLL34100U44A PLL34120U44A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Power Trip Unit

with Modbus®

Communications

5.0P (LSI)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U63AE1 PGL36040U63AE1 PGL36060U63AE1 PGL36080U63AE1 PGL36100U63AE1 PGL36120U63AE1

PJL36025U63AE1 PJL36040U63AE1 PJL36060U63AE1 PJL36080U63AE1 PJL36100U63AE1 PJL36120U63AE1

PKL36025U63AE1 PKL36040U63AE1 PKL36060U63AE1 PKL36080U63AE1 PKL36100U63AE1 PKL36120U63AE1

PLL34025U63AE1 PLL34040U63AE1 PLL34060U63AE1 PLL34080U63AE1 PLL34100U63AE1 PLL34120U63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U64AE1 PGL36040U64AE1 PGL36060U64AE1 PGL36080U64AE1 PGL36100U64AE1 PGL36120U64AE1

PJL36025U64AE1 PJL36040U64AE1 PJL36060U64AE1 PJL36080U64AE1 PJL36100U64AE1 PJL36120U64AE1

PKL36025U64AE1 PKL36040U64AE1 PKL36060U64AE1 PKL36080U64AE1 PKL36100U64AE1 PKL36120U64AE1

PLL34025U64AE1 PLL34040U64AE1 PLL34060U64AE1 PLL34080U64AE1 PLL34100U64AE1 PLL34120U64AE1

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Harmonic Trip

Unit with

Modbus

Communications

5.0H (LSI)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U73AE1 PGL36040U73AE1 PGL36060U73AE1 PGL36080U73AE1 PGL36100U73AE1 PGL36120U73AE1

PJL36025U73AE1 PJL36040U73AE1 PJL36060U73AE1 PJL36080U73AE1 PJL36100U73AE1 PJL36120U73AE1

PKL36025U73AE1 PKL36040U73AE1 PKL36060U73AE1 PKL36080U73AE1 PKL36100U73AE1 PKL36120U73AE1

PLL34025U73AE1 PLL34040U73AE1 PLL34060U73AE1 PLL34080U73AE1 PLL34100U73AE1 PLL34120U73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

4P5 (G & K only)

PGL36025U74AE1 PGL36040U74AE1 PGL36060U74AE1 PGL36080U74AE1 PGL36100U74AE1 PGL36120U74AE1

PJL36025U74AE1 PJL36040U74AE1 PJL36060U74AE1 PJL36080U74AE1 PJL36100U74AE1 PJL36120U74AE1

PKL36025U74AE1 PKL36040U74AE1 PKL36060U74AE1 PKL36080U74AE1 PKL36100U74AE1 PKL36120U74AE1

PLL34025U74AE1 PLL34040U74AE1 PLL34060U74AE1 PLL34080U74AE1 PLL34100U74AE1 PLL34120U74AE1

1Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the Product Selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations.

2The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

3250 A is not available as a four pole circuit breaker.

4For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGL36025 becomes PGL26025).

5For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040U31A becomes PGL46040U31A).

6Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 44: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount

, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit,

Interchangeable

3P, 4P

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

Type 250 A

400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit

3.0 (LI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU31A PGL36040CU31A PGL36060CU31A PGL36080CU31A PGL36100CU31A PGL36120CU31A

PJL36025CU31A PJL36040CU31A PJL36060CU31A PJL36080CU31A PJL36100CU31A PJL36120CU31A

PKL36025CU31A PKL36040CU31A PKL36060CU31A PKL36080CU31A PKL36100CU31A PKL36120CU31A

PLL34025CU31A PLL34040CU31A PLL34060CU31A PLL34080CU31A PLL34100CU31A PLL34120CU31A

5.0 (LSI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU33A PGL36040CU33A PGL36060CU33A PGL36080CU33A PGL36100CU33A PGL36120CU33A

PJL36025CU33A PJL36040CU33A PJL36060CU33A PJL36080CU33A PJL36100CU33A PJL36120CU33A

PKL36025CU33A PKL36040CU33A PKL36060CU33A PKL36080CU33A PKL36100CU33A PKL36120CU33A

PLL34025CU33A PLL34040CU33A PLL34060CU33A PLL34080CU33A PLL34100CU33A PLL34120CU33A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit5

3.0A (LI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU41A PGL36040CU41A PGL36060CU41A PGL36080CU41A PGL36100CU41A PGL36120CU41A

PJL36025CU41A PJL36040CU41A PJL36060CU41A PJL36080CU41A PJL36100CU41A PJL36120CU41A

PKL36025CU41A PKL36040CU41A PKL36060CU41A PKL36080CU41A PKL36100CU41A PKL36120CU41A

PLL34025CU41A PLL34040CU41A PLL34060CU41A PLL34080CU41A PLL34100CU41A PLL34120CU41A

5.0A (LSI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU43A PGL36040CU43A PGL36060CU43A PGL36080CU43A PGL36100CU43A PGL36120CU43A

PJL36025CU43A PJL36040CU43A PJL36060CU43A PJL36080CU43A PJL36100CU43A PJL36120CU43A

PKL36025CU43A PKL36040CU43A PKL36060CU43A PKL36080CU43A PKL36100CU43A PKL36120CU43A

PLL34025CU43A PLL34040CU43A PLL34060CU43A PLL34080CU43A PLL34100CU43A PLL34120CU43A

6.0A (LSIG)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU44A PGL36040CU44A PGL36060CU44A PGL36080CU44A PGL36100CU44A PGL36120CU44A

PJL36025CU44A PJL36040CU44A PJL36060CU44A PJL36080CU44A PJL36100CU44A PJL36120CU44A

PKL36025CU44A PKL36040CU44A PKL36060CU44A PKL36080CU44A PKL36100CU44A PKL36120CU44A

PLL34025CU44A PLL34040CU44A PLL34060CU44A PLL34080CU44A PLL34100CU44A PLL34120CU44A

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications

5.0P (LSI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU63AE1 PGL36040CU63AE1 PGL36060CU63AE1 PGL36080CU63AE1 PGL36100CU63AE1 PGL36120CU63AE1

PJL36025CU63AE1 PJL36040CU63AE1 PJL36060CU63AE1 PJL36080CU63AE1 PJL36100CU63AE1 PJL36120CU63AE1

PKL36025CU63AE1 PKL36040CU63AE1 PKL36060CU63AE1 PKL36080CU63AE1 PKL36100CU63AE1 PKL36120CU63AE1

PLL34025CU63AE1 PLL34040CU63AE1 PLL34060CU63AE1 PLL34080CU63AE1 PLL34100CU63AE1 PLL34120CU63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU64AE1 PGL36040CU64AE1 PGL36060CU64AE1 PGL36080CU64AE1 PGL36100CU64AE1 PGL36120CU64AE1

PJL36025CU64AE1 PJL36040CU64AE1 PJL36060CU64AE1 PJL36080CU64AE1 PJL36100CU64AE1 PJL36120CU64AE1

PKL36025CU64AE1 PKL36040CU64AE1 PKL36060CU64AE1 PKL36080CU64AE1 PKL36100CU64AE1 PKL36120CU64AE1

PLL34025CU64AE1 PLL34040CU64AE1 PLL34060CU64AE1 PLL34080CU64AE1 PLL34100CU64AE1 PLL34120CU64AE1

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications

5.0H (LSI)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU73AE1 PGL36040CU73AE1 PGL36060CU73AE1 PGL36080CU73AE1 PGL36100CU73AE1 PGL36120CU73AE1

PJL36025CU73AE1 PJL36040CU73AE1 PJL36060CU73AE1 PJL36080CU73AE1 PJL36100CU73AE1 PJL36120CU73AE1

PKL36025CU73AE1 PKL36040CU73AE1 PKL36060CU73AE1 PKL36080CU73AE1 PKL36100CU73AE1 PKL36120CU73AE1

PLL34025CU73AE1 PLL34040CU73AE1 PLL34060CU73AE1 PLL34080CU73AE1 PLL34100CU73AE1 PLL34120CU73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU74AE1 PGL36040CU74AE1 PGL36060CU74AE1 PGL36080CU74AE1 PGL36100CU74AE1 PGL36120CU74AE1

PJL36025CU74AE1 PJL36040CU74AE1 PJL36060CU74AE1 PJL36080CU74AE1 PJL36100CU74AE1 PJL36120CU74AE1

PKL36025CU74AE1 PKL36040CU74AE1 PKL36060CU74AE1 PKL36080CU74AE1 PKL36100CU74AE1 PKL36120CU74AE1

PLL34025CU74AE1 PLL34040CU74AE1 PLL34060CU74AE1 PLL34080CU74AE1 PLL34100CU74AE1 PLL34120CU74AE1

1Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the product selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate

terminations.

2The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

3250 A is not available as a four pole circuit breaker.

4For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040CU31A becomes

PGL46040CU31A).

5Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 45: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic

Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

Type

250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A

Basic Electronic

Trip Unit

Not

Interchangeable

ET1.0I

2P3, 3P

Fixed

Long-time

——PGA36060 PGA36080 PGA36100 PGA36120

——PJA36060 PJA36080 PJA36100 PJA36120

——PKA36060 PKA36080 PKA36100 PKA36120

——PLA34060 PLA34080 PLA34100 PLA34120

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Standard Trip

Unit

3.0 (LI)

PGA36025U31A PGA36040U31A PGA36060U31A PGA36080U31A PGA36100U31A PGA36120U31A

PJA36025U31A PJA36040U31A PJA36060U31A PJA36080U31A PJA36100U31A PJA36120U31A

PKA36025U31A PKA36040U31A PKA36060U31A PKA36080U31A PKA36100U31A PKA36120U31A

PLA34025U31A PLA34040U31A PLA34060U31A PLA34080U31A PLA34100U31A PLA34120U31A

5.0 (LSI)

PGA36025U33A PGA36040U33A PGA36060U33A PGA36080U33A PGA36100U33A PGA36120U33A

PJA36025U33A PJA36040U33A PJA36060U33A PJA36080U33A PJA36100U33A PJA36120U33A

PKA36025U33A PKA36040U33A PKA36060U33A PKA36080U33A PKA36100U33A PKA36120U33A

PLA34025U33A PLA34040U33A PLA34060U33A PLA34080U33A PLA34100U33A PLA34120U33A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Ammeter Trip

Unit4

3.0A (LI)

PGA36025U41A PGA36040U41A PGA36060U41A PGA36080U41A PGA36100U41A PGA36120U41A

PJA36025U41A PJA36040U41A PJA36060U41A PJA36080U41A PJA36100U41A PJA36120U41A

PKA36025U41A PKA36040U41A PKA36060U41A PKA36080U41A PKA36100U41A PKA36120U41A

PLA34025U41A PLA34040U41A PLA34060U41A PLA34080U41A PLA34100U41A PLA34120U41A

5.0A (LSI)

PGA36025U43A PGA36040U43A PGA36060U43A PGA36080U43A PGA36100U43A PGA36120U43A

PJA36025U43A PJA36040U43A PJA36060U43A PJA36080U43A PJA36100U43A PJA36120U43A

PKA36025U43A PKA36040U43A PKA36060U43A PKA36080U43A PKA36100U43A PKA36120U43A

PLA34025U43A PLA34040U43A PLA34060U43A PLA34080U43A PLA34100U43A PLA34120U43A

6.0A (LSIG)

PGA36025U44A PGA36040U44A PGA36060U44A PGA36080U44A PGA36100U44A PGA36120U44A

PJA36025U44A PJA36040U44A PJA36060U44A PJA36080U44A PJA36100U44A PJA36120U44A

PKA36025U44A PKA36040U44A PKA36060U44A PKA36080U44A PKA36100U44A PKA36120U44A

PLA34025U44A PLA34040U44A PLA34060U44A PLA34080U44A PLA34100U44A PLA34120U44A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Power Trip Unit

with Modbus®

Communications

5.0P (LSI)

PGA36025U63AE1 PGA36040U63AE1 PGA36060U63AE1 PGA36080U63AE1 PGA36100U63AE1 PGA36120U63AE1

PJA36025U63AE1 PJA36040U63AE1 PJA36060U63AE1 PJA36080U63AE1 PJA36100U63AE1 PJA36120U63AE1

PKA36025U63AE1 PKA36040U63AE1 PKA36060U63AE1 PKA36080U63AE1 PKA36100U63AE1 PKA36120U63AE1

PLA34025U63AE1 PLA34040U63AE1 PLA34060U63AE1 PLA34080U63AE1 PLA34100U63AE1 PLA34120U63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

PGA36025U64AE1 PGA36040U64AE1 PGA36060U64AE1 PGA36080U64AE1 PGA36100U64AE1 PGA36120U64AE1

PJA36025U64AE1 PJA36040U64AE1 PJA36060U64AE1 PJA36080U64AE1 PJA36100U64AE1 PJA36120U64AE1

PKA36025U64AE1 PKA36040U64AE1 PKA36060U64AE1 PKA36080U64AE1 PKA36100U64AE1 PKA36120U64AE1

PLA34025U64AE1 PLA34040U64AE1 PLA34060U64AE1 PLA34080U64AE1 PLA34100U64AE1 PLA34120U64AE1

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Harmonic Trip

Unit with

Modbus

Communications

5.0H (LSI)

PGA36025U73AE1 PGA36040U73AE1 PGA36060U73AE1 PGA36080U73AE1 PGA36100U73AE1 PGA36120U73AE1

PJA36025U73AE1 PJA36040U73AE1 PJA36060U73AE1 PJA36080U73AE1 PJA36100U73AE1 PJA36120U73AE1

PKA36025U73AE1 PKA36040U73AE1 PKA36060U73AE1 PKA36080U73AE1 PKA36100U73AE1 PKA36120U73AE1

PLA34025U73AE1 PLA34040U73AE1 PLA34060U73AE1 PLA34080U73AE1 PLA34100U73AE1 PLA34120U73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

PGA36025U74AE1 PGA36040U74AE1 PGA36060U74AE1 PGA36080U74AE1 PGA36100U74AE1 PGA36120U74AE1

PJA36025U74AE1 PJA36040U74AE1 PJA36060U74AE1 PJA36080U74AE1 PJA36100U74AE1 PJA36120U74AE1

PKA36025U74AE1 PKA36040U74AE1 PKA36060U74AE1 PKA36080U74AE1 PKA36100U74AE1 PKA36120U74AE1

PLA34025U74AE1 PLA34040U74AE1 PLA34060U74AE1 PLA34080U74AE1 PLA34100U74AE1 PLA34120U74AE1

1The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

2For 3P, no suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

3For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGA36025 becomes PGA26025). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer),

or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

4Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 46: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™

Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit,

Interchangeable

Circuit Breaker

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

Type

250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Standard Trip Unit

3.0 (LI)

PGA36025CU31A PGA36040CU31A PGA36060CU31A PGA36080CU31A

PJA36025CU31A PJA36040CU31A PJA36060CU31A PJA36080CU31A

PKA36025CU31A PKA36040CU31A PKA36060CU31A PKA36080CU31A

PLA34025CU31A PLA34040CU31A PLA34060CU31A PLA34080CU31A

5.0 (LSI)

PGA36025CU33A PGA36040CU33A PGA36060CU33A PGA36080CU33A

PJA36025CU33A PJA36040CU33A PJA36060CU33A PJA36080CU33A

PKA36025CU33A PKA36040CU33A PKA36060CU33A PKA36080CU33A

PLA34025CU33A PLA34040CU33A PLA34060CU33A PLA34080CU33A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Ammeter Trip Unit3

3.0A (LI)

PGA36025CU41A PGA36040CU41A PGA36060CU41A PGA36080CU41A

PJA36025CU41A PJA36040CU41A PJA36060CU41A PJA36080CU41A

PKA36025CU41A PKA36040CU41A PKA36060CU41A PKA36080CU41A

PLA34025CU41A PLA34040CU41A PLA34060CU41A PLA34080CU41A

5.0A (LSI)

PGA36025CU43A PGA36040CU43A PGA36060CU43A PGA36080CU43A

PJA36025CU43A PJA36040CU43A PJA36060CU43A PJA36080CU43A

PKA36025CU43A PKA36040CU43A PKA36060CU43A PKA36080CU43A

PLA34025CU43A PLA34040CU43A PLA34060CU43A PLA34080CU43A

6.0A (LSIG)

PGA36025CU44A PGA36040CU44A PGA36060CU44A PGA36080CU44A

PJA36025CU44A PJA36040CU44A PJA36060CU44A PJA36080CU44A

PKA36025CU44A PKA36040CU44A PKA36060CU44A PKA36080CU44A

PLA34025CU44A PLA34040CU44A PLA34060CU44A PLA34080CU44A

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Power Trip Unit with

Modbus®

Communications

5.0P (LSI)

PGA36025CU63AE1 PGA36040CU63AE1 PGA36060CU63AE1 PGA36080CU63AE1

PJA36025CU63AE1 PJA36040CU63AE1 PJA36060CU63AE1 PJA36080CU63AE1

PKA36025CU63AE1 PKA36040CU63AE1 PKA36060CU63AE1 PKA36080CU63AE1

PLA34025CU63AE1 PLA34040CU63AE1 PLA34060CU63AE1 PLA34080CU63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

PGA36025CU64AE1 PGA36040CU64AE1 PGA36060CU64AE1 PGA36080CU64AE1

PJA36025CU64AE1 PJA36040CU64AE1 PJA36060CU64AE1 PJA36080CU64AE1

PKA36025CU64AE1 PKA36040CU64AE1 PKA36060CU64AE1 PKA36080CU64AE1

PLA34025CU64AE1 PLA34040CU64AE1 PLA34060CU64AE1 PLA34080CU64AE1

Micrologic

Interchangeable

Harmonic Trip Unit

with Modbus

Communications

5.0H (LSI)

PGA36025CU73AE1 PGA36040CU73AE1 PGA36060CU73AE1 PGA36080CU73AE1

PJA36025CU73AE1 PJA36040CU73AE1 PJA36060CU73AE1 PJA36080CU73AE1

PKA36025CU73AE1 PKA36040CU73AE1 PKA36060CU73AE1 PKA36080CU73AE1

PLA34025CU73AE1 PLA34040CU73AE1 PLA34060CU73AE1 PLA34080CU73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

PGA36025CU74AE1 PGA36040CU74AE1 PGA36060CU74AE1 PGA36080CU74AE1

PJA36025CU74AE1 PJA36040CU74AE1 PJA36060CU74AE1 PJA36080CU74AE1

PKA36025CU74AE1 PKA36040CU74AE1 PKA36060CU74AE1 PKA36080CU74AE1

PLA34025CU74AE1 PLA34040CU74AE1 PLA34060CU74AE1 PLA34080CU74AE1

1The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

2No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

3Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

Table 47: P-Frame Termination Options Table 48: P-Frame Interrupting Ratings

F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)

L = Lugs both ends

M = Lugs I/ON end, terminal nut kit O/OFF end

P = Lugs O/OFF end, terminal nut kit I/ON end

D = Drawout

A = I-Line

Voltage P-Frame Interrupting Rating

GJ KL

240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA

P G L 3 6 0 4 0 U 4 1 A

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of

the circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Continuous Current Rating

All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating.

Because of additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating,

the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be

sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and

ventilation specifications are indicated on the circuit breaker and in it’s instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on

page 11.

Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading.

Interrupting Ratings

Table 49: Interrupting Ratings

Mounting Circuit

Breaker

Ampere Rating (A) Interrupting Ratings

Basic

Electronic

Trip Units

Micrologic™

Trip Units

UL/CSA/NMX

IEC 60947-2

240 Vac 380/415 Vac

240

Vac

480

Vac

600

Vac IcuIcsIcuIcs

Individually-

Mounted

600, 800,

1000, 1200

250, 400, 600,

800, 1000, 1200

65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

PJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PK 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1

1Non-standard AIR.

125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45kA

I-Line™

600, 800,

1000, 1200

250, 400, 600,

800, 1000, 1200

65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

PJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PK 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA

PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches are available in individually-mounted and I-Line constructions from

600–1200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except

that long-time tripping is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic

trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with

a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.

1Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S60, S80, S10, or S12 in

positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.

Table 50: Automatic Switch Information

Circuit

Breaker

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Withstand Rating Trip Point

(±10%)

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

2P1, 3P

1For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PJL36000S60 becomes PJL26000S60). Add the

suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

600 600 Vac PJL36000S60 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA

800 600 Vac PJL36000S80 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA

1000 600 Vac PJL36000S10 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA

1200 600 Vac PJL36000S12 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA

2P, 3P, 4P2

2For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PKL36000S60 becomes PKL46000S60).

600 600 Vac PKL36000S60 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA

800 600 Vac PKL36000S80 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA

1000 600 Vac PKL36000S10 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA

1200 600 Vac PKL36000S12 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA

2P, 3P

600 480 Vac PLL34000S60 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA

800 480 Vac PLL34000S80 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA

1000 480 Vac PLL34000S10 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA

1200 480 Vac PLL34000S12 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Motor Circuit Protectors

Motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, but have only

instantaneous trip functions provided by the ET1.0M trip unit. These motor circuit protectors comply

with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a listed

combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing

the motor circuit protector in combination with a contactor and overload relay.

Motor circuit protectors are available in PJ and PL individually-mounted and I-Line™ construction.

According to the NEC, the instantaneous trip of the motor circuit protector may be set to a maximum of

8 to 17 times motor Full Load Amps (FLA), but a setting as close as possible to inrush current (without

nuisance tripping) results in the best protection. The instantaneous trip pickup level is adjustable within

the ranges shown below.

NOTE: Continuous currents larger than the ampere rating can damage the motor circuit protector.

Select motor circuit protectors as follows:

1. Determine motor horsepower (hp) rating from the motor nameplate. The selection table is suitable

for motors with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC Table 430-7 (b) as follows:

For other motors contact the field office.

2. Select a motor circuit protector with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage

involved.

3. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800% but not to exceed 1300% (1700% for high-

efficiency motors) of the motor full load amperes (FLA).

4. The NEC 1300% maximum setting (1700% for high-efficiency motors) may be inadequate for

motor circuit protectors to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of auto-

transformer type reduced voltage starters or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from

“start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors and motors labeled “high efficiency”.

5. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430-3, should have two motor circuit protectors selected from the

above at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit

protectors should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430-103.

2Catalog numbers for motor circuit protectors are designated by M68, M69, or M70 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.

Table 51: Motor Circuit Protector Trip Range

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable Trip

Range

Catalog Number

J-Interrupting—600 Vac L-Interrupting—480 Vac

600 A 1200–10,000 A PJL36060M68 PLL34060M68

800 A 1200–10,000 A PJL36080M68 PLL34080M68

1000 A 1500–10,000 A PJL36100M69 PLL34100M69

1200 A 1800–10,000 A PJL36120M70 PLL34120M70

Horsepower Motor Code Letters

30–150 A–G

150 or More A–F

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers

Electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers are available in I-Line and unit-mount construction up to

1200 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a two-

step stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. These are available

factory-installed only.

Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a spring-

charging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or

communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When

remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary

switch for on-off indication. See Table 74 on page 105 for details.

Termination Information

Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit

breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire.

Manually-operated P-frame circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Table 91

on page 114 for more lug options.

Control Wiring

Control wiring for unit-mount and I-Line construction is connected to terminals located under the circuit

breaker accessory cover. Control wiring for drawout construction is connected to terminals located on

the cradle.

Table 52: Motors Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415

Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 110–130, 200–250

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Figure 7: Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers

Trip Unit Type

Basic A P H Connector Description

— • • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module

E1 = +24 Vdc

E2 = Common

E3 = A/Tx- D0

E4 = B/Tx+ D1

E5 = A/Rx- D0

E6 = B/Rx+ D1

— • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI)

Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

Z2 = ZSI OUT

Z3 = ZSI IN signal

Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

— • • • T External neutral sensor

Connector Recommended Wire Size — • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply

V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)——••Vn

1External neutral voltage takeoff

E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or

twisted pair copper wires — — • • V1, V2, V3 External phase voltage takeoff

T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable — — • • M6C2: Q1, Q2, Q3 6 programmable contacts

24 Vdc external power supply required

M Refer to MDGF instructions Function Connector Description

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain

(Belden 8723 or equal)3

Auxiliary Contacts

OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch

position contacts

OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) SD Bell alarm

MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) SDE Electrical fault alarm contact

F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply Remote Operation MN Undervoltage trip device

Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) MX Shunt trip

1Neutral voltage supplied with flying leads.

2Optional M6C programmable contacts are supplied with flying leads.

OF2

Closed

OF3

Open

OF1

Tripped

SDE

Fault

T1 Z3

Trip Unit

Z1 Z5

N CBA

F2+

Upstream Downstream

24 V

T1/M3

T4/F1-

MN MX

Power Trip Unit Remote Operation Alarm Contacts

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.

B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.

C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.

D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

D1/C1

MN/MX OF1

OF2

OF3

SDE

E1 E6

Z2 T2

M2 F1 F2

Z1 Z5

T1 T4T3

E2 E3 E4 E5

D2/C2

24 Vdc

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Figure 8: Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-operated Circuit Breakers

Trip Unit Type

Basic APHConnector Description

— • • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module

E1 = +24 Vdc

E2 = Common

E3 = A/Tx- D0

E4 = B/Tx+ D1

E5 = A/Rx- D0

E6 = B/Rx+ D1

—•••Z Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI)

Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

Z2 = ZSI OUT

Z3 = ZSI IN signal

Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

—•••T External neutral sensor

—•••F 24 Vdc external power supply

——••Vn

1External voltage takeoff

Connector Recommended Wire Size — — • • V1, V2, V31External phase voltage takeoff

E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or

twisted pair copper wires ——• • M6C1:

Q1, Q2, Q3

6 programmable contacts

24 Vdc external power supply required

V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)Function Connector Description

T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

Auxiliary Contacts

OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position

contacts

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain

(Belden 8723 or equal)3SDE Electrical fault alarm contact

M Refer to MDGF instructions Remote Operation MN Undervoltage trip device

OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) MX Shunt trip

MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2)

Motor Mech Module

A4 Electrical opening

F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply A2 Electrical closing

Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) B4, A1 Power supply for control devices and gear motor

1Optional M6C and external voltage takeoff are supplied with flying leads.

T1 Z3

Trip Unit

Z1 Z5

N CBA

F2+

Upstream Downstream

24 V

T1/M3

T4/F1-

MN MX

Open

Motor Mechanism

Module

Power Trip Unit Remote Operation Alarm Contacts

OF2

Closed

OF3

Open

OF1

SDE

Fault

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.

B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.

C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.

D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

E–Motor mechanism includes opening and closing coils.

D1/C1

D2/C2

MN/MX

VN, V1, V2, V3

OF1

OF2OF3SDE

84 14

A1A2A4B4

112131

22 1282

34 24

E1 E6

Z2 T2

M2 F1 F2

Z1 Z5

T1 T4T3

E2 E3 E4 E5

24 Vdc

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Performance

Providing unparalleled performance and control, the R-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive

Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and

monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.

The compact size and smaller footprint of the R-frame circuit breaker permits higher density

installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100%

rated construction up to 3000 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs.

•

Both standard and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 3000 A with a sensor

size range of 600–3000 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):

•

The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear

loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and

switchboards. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation.

•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering

and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.

•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to

purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

•

Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility.

R-Frame Unit-Mount

R-Frame I-Line

Voltage G J K L

240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Catalog Numbers

Table 53: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip

Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip

Units—600A to 1200A

Trip Unit

Type

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A

Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable

ET1.0I

2P1, 3P

Fixed Long-time

1For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.)

———RGF36120

———RJF36120

———RKF36120

———RLF36120

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit

3.0

(LI)

3P, 4P2

2For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A).

RGF36060U31A RGF36080U31A RGF36100U31A RGF36120U31A

RJF36060U31A RJF36080U31A RJF36100U31A RJF36120U31A

RKF36060U31A RKF36080U31A RKF36100U31A RKF36120U31A

RLF36060U31A RLF36080U31A RLF36100U31A RLF36120U31A

5.0

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U33A RGF36080U33A RGF36100U33A RGF36120U33A

RJF36060U33A RJF36080U33A RJF36100U33A RJF36120U33A

RKF36060U33A RKF36080U33A RKF36100U33A RKF36120U33A

RLF36060U33A RLF36080U33A RLF36100U33A RLF36120U33A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3

3Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

3.0A

(LI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U41A RGF36080U41A RGF36100U41A RGF36120U41A

RJF36060U41A RJF36080U41A RJF36100U41A RJF36120U41A

RKF36060U41A RKF36080U41A RKF36100U41A RKF36120U41A

RLF36060U41A RLF36080U41A RLF36100U41A RLF36120U41A

5.0A

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U43A RGF36080U43A RGF36100U43A RGF36120U43A

RJF36060U43A RJF36080U43A RJF36100U43A RJF36120U43A

RKF36060U43A RKF36080U43A RKF36100U43A RKF36120U43A

RLF36060U43A RLF36080U43A RLF36100U43A RLF36120U43A

6.0A (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U44A RGF36080U44A RGF36100U44A RGF36120U44A

RJF36060U44A RJF36080U44A RJF36100U44A RJF36120U44A

RKF36060U44A RKF36080U44A RKF36100U44A RKF36120U44A

RLF36060U44A RLF36080U44A RLF36100U44A RLF36120U44A

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications

5.0P

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U63AE1 RGF36080U63AE1 RGF36100U63AE1 RGF36120U63AE1

RJF36060U63AE1 RJF36080U63AE1 RJF36100U63AE1 RJF36120U63AE1

RKF36060U63AE1 RKF36080U63AE1 RKF36100U63AE1 RKF36120U63AE1

RLF36060U63AE1 RLF36080U63AE1 RLF36100U63AE1 RLF36120U63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U64AE1 RGF36080U64AE1 RGF36100U64AE1 RGF36120U64AE1

RJF36060U64AE1 RJF36080U64AE1 RJF36100U64AE1 RJF36120U64AE1

RKF36060U64AE1 RKF36080U64AE1 RKF36100U64AE1 RKF36120U64AE1

RLF36060U64AE1 RLF36080U64AE1 RLF36100U64AE1 RLF36120U64AE1

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications

5.0H

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U73AE1 RGF36080U73AE1 RGF36100U73AE1 RGF36120U73AE1

RJF36060U73AE1 RJF36080U73AE1 RJF36100U73AE1 RJF36120U73AE1

RKF36060U73AE1 RKF36080U73AE1 RKF36100U73AE1 RKF36120U73AE1

RLF36060U73AE1 RLF36080U73AE1 RLF36100U73AE1 RLF36120U73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36060U74AE1 RGF36080U74AE1 RGF36100U74AE1 RGF36120U74AE1

RJF36060U74AE1 RJF36080U74AE1 RJF36100U74AE1 RJF36120U74AE1

RKF36060U74AE1 RKF36080U74AE1 RKF36100U74AE1 RKF36120U74AE1

RLF36060U74AE1 RLF36080U74AE1 RLF36100U74AE1 RLF36120U74AE1

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 54: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip

Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip

Units—1600A to 3000A

Trip Unit

Type

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A

Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable

ET1.0I

2P1, 3P

Fixed Long-time

RGF36160 RGF36200 RGF36250 —

RJF36160 RJF36200 RJF36250 —

RKF36160 RKF36200 RKF36250 —

RLF36160 RLF36200 RLF36250 —

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit

3.0

(LI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U31A RGF36200U31A RGF36250U31A RGF36300U31A

RJF36160U31A RJF36200U31A RJF36250U31A RJF36300U31A

RKF36160U31A RKF36200U31A RKF36250U31A RKF36300U31A

RLF36160U31A RLF36200U31A RLF36250U31A RLF36300U31A

5.0

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U33A RGF36200U33A RGF36250U33A RGF36300U33A

RJF36160U33A RJF36200U33A RJF36250U33A RJF36300U33A

RKF36160U33A RKF36200U33A RKF36250U33A RKF36300U33A

RLF36160U33A RLF36200U33A RLF36250U33A RLF36300U33A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3

3.0A

(LI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U41A RGF36200U41A RGF36250U41A RGF36300U41A

RJF36160U41A RJF36200U41A RJF36250U41A RJF36300U41A

RKF36160U41A RKF36200U41A RKF36250U41A RKF36300U41A

RLF36160U41A RLF36200U41A RLF36250U41A RLF36300U41A

5.0A

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U43A RGF36200U43A RGF36250U43A RGF36300U43A

RJF36160U43A RJF36200U43A RJF36250U43A RJF36300U43A

RKF36160U43A RKF36200U43A RKF36250U43A RKF36300U43A

RLF36160U43A RLF36200U43A RLF36250U43A RLF36300U43A

6.0A (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U44A RGF36200U44A RGF36250U44A RGF36300U44A

RJF36160U44A RJF36200U44A RJF36250U44A RJF36300U44A

RKF36160U44A RKF36200U44A RKF36250U44A RKF36300U44A

RLF36160U44A RLF36200U44A RLF36250U44A RLF36300U44A

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications

5.0P

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U63AE1 RGF36200U63AE1 RGF36250U63AE1 RGF36300U63AE1

RJF36160U63AE1 RJF36200U63AE1 RJF36250U63AE1 RJF36300U63AE1

RKF36160U63AE1 RKF36200U63AE1 RKF36250U63AE1 RKF36300U63AE1

RLF36160U63AE1 RLF36200U63AE1 RLF36250U63AE1 RLF36300U63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U64AE1 RGF36200U64AE1 RGF36250U64AE1 RGF36300U64AE1

RJF36160U64AE1 RJF36200U64AE1 RJF36250U64AE1 RJF36300U64AE1

RKF36160U64AE1 RKF36200U64AE1 RKF36250U64AE1 RKF36300U64AE1

RLF36160U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1 RLF36250U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications

5.0H

(LSI)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U73AE1 RGF36200U73AE1 RGF36250U73AE1 RGF36300U73AE1

RJF36160U73AE1 RJF363200U73AE1 RJF36250U73AE1 RJF36300U73AE1

RKF36160U73AE1 RKF363200U73AE1 RKF36250U73AE1 RKF36300U73AE1

RLF36160U73AE1 RLF36200U73AE1 RLF36250U73AE1 RLF36300U73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

3P, 4P2

RGF36160U74AE1 RGF36200U74AE1 RGF36250U74AE1 RGF36300U74AE1

RJF36160U74AE1 RJF36200U74AE1 RJF36250U74AE1 RJF36300U74AE1

RKF36160U74AE1 RKF36200U74AE1 RKF36250U74AE1 RKF36300U74AE1

RLF36160U74AE1 RLF36200U74AE1 RLF36250U74AE1 RLF36300U74AE1

1For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.)

2For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A).

3Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 55: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600 A to 1200 A

Trip

Unit

Type

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

1For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A).

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

3.0

(LI)

RGF36060CU31A RGF36080CU31A RGF36100CU31A RGF36120CU31A

RJF36060CU31A RJF36080CU31A RJF36100CU31A RJF36120CU31A

RKF36060CU31A RKF36080CU31A RKF36100CU31A RKF36120CU31A

RLF36060CU31A RLF36080CU31A RLF36100CU31A RLF36120CU31A

5.0

(LSI)

RGF36060CU33A RGF36080CU33A RGF36100CU33A RGF36120CU33A

RJF36060CU33A RJF36080CU33A RJF36100CU33A RJF36120CU33A

RKF36060CU33A RKF36080CU33A RKF36100CU33A RKF36120CU33A

RLF36060CU33A RLF36080CU33A RLF36100CU33A RLF36120CU33A

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

2Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

3.0A

(LI)

RGF36060CU41A RGF36080CU41A RGF36100CU41A RGF36120CU41A

RJF36060CU41A RJF36080CU41A RJF36100CU41A RJF36120CU41A

RKF36060CU41A RKF36080CU41A RKF36100CU41A RKF36120CU41A

RLF36060CU41A RLF36080CU41A RLF36100CU41A RLF36120CU41A

5.0A

(LSI)

RGF36060CU43A RGF36080CU43A RGF36100CU43A RGF36120CU43A

RJF36060CU43A RJF36080CU43A RJF36100CU43A RJF36120CU43A

RKF36060CU43A RKF36080CU43A RKF36100CU43A RKF36120CU43A

RLF36060CU43A RLF36080CU43A RLF36100CU43A RLF36120CU43A

6.0A

(LSIG)

RGF36060CU44A RGF36080CU44A RGF36100CU44A RGF36120CU44A

RJF36060CU44A RJF36080CU44A RJF36100CU44A RJF36120CU44A

RKF36060CU44A RKF36080CU44A RKF36100CU44A RKF36120CU44A

RLF36060CU44A RLF36080CU44A RLF36100CU44A RLF36120CU44A

Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

5.0P

(LSI)

RGF36060CU63AE1 RGF36080CU63AE1 RGF36100CU63AE1 RGF36120CU63AE1

RJF36060CU63AE1 RJF36080CU63AE1 RJF36100CU63AE1 RJF36120CU63AE1

RKF36060CU63AE1 RKF36080CU63AE1 RKF36100CU63AE1 RKF36120CU63AE1

RLF36060CU63AE1 RLF36080CU63AE1 RLF36100CU63AE1 RLF36120CU63AE1

6.0P

(LSIG)

RGF36060CU64AE1 RGF36080CU64AE1 RGF36100CU64AE1 RGF36120CU64AE1

RJF36060CU64AE1 RJF36080CU64AE1 RJF36100CU64AE1 RJF36120CU64AE1

RKF36060CU64AE1 RKF36080CU64AE1 RKF36100CU64AE1 RKF36120CU64AE1

RLF36060CU64AE1 RLF36080CU64AE1 RLF36100CU64AE1 RLF36120CU64AE1

Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

5.0H

(LSI)

RGF36060CU73AE1 RGF36080CU73AE1 RGF36100CU73AE1 RGF36120CU73AE1

RJF36060CU73AE1 RJF36080CU73AE1 RJF36100CU73AE1 RJF36120CU73AE1

RKF36060CU73AE1 RKF36080CU73AE1 RKF36100CU73AE1 RKF36120CU73AE1

RLF36060CU73AE1 RLF36080CU73AE1 RLF36100CU73AE1 RLF36120CU73AE1

6.0H

(LSIG)

RGF36060CU74AE1 RGF36080CU74AE1 RGF36100CU74AE1 RGF36120CU74AE1

RJF36060CU74AE1 RJF36080CU74AE1 RJF36100CU74AE1 RJF36120CU74AE1

RKF36060CU74AE1 RKF36080CU74AE1 RKF36100CU74AE1 RKF36120CU74AE1

RLF36060CU74AE1 RLF36080CU74AE1 RLF36100CU74AE1 RLF36120CU74AE1

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 56: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600 A to 3000 A

Trip

Unit

Type

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

3.0

(LI)

RGF36160CU31A RGF36200CU31A RGF36250CU31A RGF36300CU31A

RJF36160CU31A RJF36200CU31A RJF36250CU31A RJF36300CU31A

RKF36160CU31A RKF36200CU31A RKF36250CU31A RKF36300CU31A

RLF36160CU31A RLF36200CU31A RLF36250CU31A RLF36300CU31A

5.0

(LSI)

RGF36160CU33A RGF36200CU33A RGF36250CU33A RGF36300CU33A

RJF36160CU33A RJF36200CU33A RJF36250CU33A RJF36300CU33A

RKF36160CU33A RKF36200CU33A RKF36250CU33A RKF36300CU33A

RLF36160CU33A RLF36200CU33A RLF36250CU33A RLF36300CU33A

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

3.0A

(LI)

RGF36160CU41A RGF36200CU41A RGF36250CU41A RGF36300CU41A

RJF36160CU41A RJF36200CU41A RJF36250CU41A RJF36300CU41A

RKF36160CU41A RKF36200CU41A RKF36250CU41A RKF36300CU41A

RLF36160CU41A RLF36200CU41A RLF36250CU41A RLF36300CU41A

5.0A

(LSI)

RGF36160CU43A RGF36200CU43A RGF36250CU43A RGF36300CU43A

RJF36160CU43A RJF36200CU43A RJF36250CU43A RJF36300CU43A

RKF36160CU43A RKF36200CU43A RKF36250CU43A RKF36300CU43A

RLF36160CU43A RLF36200CU43A RLF36250CU43A RLF36300CU43A

6.0A

(LSIG)

RGF36160CU44A RGF36200CU44A RGF36250CU44A RGF36300CU44A

RJF36160CU44A RJF36200CU44A RJF36250CU44A RJF36300CU44A

RKF36160CU44A RKF36200CU44A RKF36250CU44A RKF36300CU44A

RLF36160CU44A RLF36200CU44A RLF36250CU44A RLF36300CU44A

Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

5.0P

(LSI)

RGF36160CU63AE1 RGF36200CU63AE1 RGF36250CU63AE1 RGF36300CU63AE1

RJF36160CU63AE1 RJF36200CU63AE1 RJF36250CU63AE1 RJF36300CU63AE1

RKF36160CU63AE1 RKF36200CU63AE1 RKF36250CU63AE1 RKF36300CU63AE1

RLF36160CU63AE1 RLF36200CU63AE1 RLF36250CU63AE1 RLF36300CU63AE1

6.0P

(LSIG)

RGF36160CU64AE1 RGF36200CU64AE1 RGF36250CU64AE1 RGF36300CU64AE1

RJF36160CU64AE1 RJF36200CU64AE1 RJF36250CU64AE1 RJF36300CU64AE1

RKF36160CU64AE1 RKF36200CU64AE1 RKF36250CU64AE1 RKF36300CU64AE1

RLF36160CU64AE1 RLF36200CU64AE1 RLF36250CU64AE1 RLF36300CU64AE1

Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P

5.0H

(LSI)

RGF36160CU73AE1 RGF36200CU73AE1 RGF36250CU73AE1 RGF36300CU73AE1

RJF36160CU73AE1 RJF36200CU73AE1 RJF36250CU73AE1 RJF36300CU73AE1

RKF36160CU73AE1 RKF36200CU73AE1 RKF36250CU73AE1 RKF36300CU73AE1

RLF36160CU73AE1 RLF36200CU73AE1 RLF36250CU73AE1 RLF36300CU73AE1

6.0H

(LSIG)

RGF36160CU74AE1 RGF36200CU74AE1 RGF36250CU74AE1 RGF36300CU74AE1

RJF36160CU74AE1 RJF36200CU74AE1 RJF36250CU74AE1 RJF36300CU74AE1

RKF36160CU74AE1 RKF36200CU74AE1 RKF36250CU74AE1 RKF36300CU74AE1

RLF36160CU74AE1 RLF36200CU74AE1 RLF36250CU74AE1 RLF36300CU74AE1

1For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A).

2Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 57: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit, Interchangeable

Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Current Rating

Type 1000 A 1200 A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit

3.0 (LI)

RGA36100CU31A RGA36120CU31A

RJA36100CU31A RJA36120CU31A

RKA36100CU31A RKA36120CU31A

RLA36100CU31A RLA36120CU31A

5.0 (LSI)

RGA36100CU33A RGA36120CU33A

RJA36100CU33A RJA36120CU33A

RKA36100CU33A RKA36120CU33A

RLA36100CU33A RLA36120CU33A

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit1

3.0A (LI)

RGA36100CU41A RGA36120CU41A

RJA36100CU41A RJA36120CU41A

RKA36100CU41A RKA36120CU41A

RLA36100CU41A RLA36120CU41A

5.0A (LSI)

RGA36100CU43A RGA36120CU43A

RJA36100CU43A RJA36120CU43A

RKA36100CU43A RKA36120CU43A

RLA36100CU43A RLA36120CU43A

6.0A (LSIG)

RGA36100CU44A RGA36120CU44A

RJA36100CU44A RJA36120CU44A

RKA36100CU44A RKA36120CU44A

RLA36100CU44A RLA36120CU44A

Micrologic Power Trip Unit with

Modbus® Communications

5.0P (LSI)

RGA36100CU63AE1 RGA36120CU63AE1

RJA36100CU63AE1 RJA36120CU63AE1

RKA36100CU63AE1 RKA36120CU63AE1

RLA36100CU63AE1 RLA36120CU63AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

RGA36100CU64AE1 RGA36120CU64AE1

RJA36100CU64AE1 RJA36120CU64AE1

RKA36100CU64AE1 RKA36120CU64AE1

RLA36100CU64AE1 RLA36120CU64AE1

Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit

with Modbus Communications

5.0H (LSI)

RGA36100CU73AE1 RGA36120CU73AE1

RJA36100CU73AE1 RJA36120CU73AE1

RKA36100CU73AE1 RKA36120CU73AE1

RLA36100CU73AE1 RLA36120CU73AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

RGA36100CU74AE1 RGA36120CU74AE1

RJA36100CU74AE1 RJA36120CU74AE1

RKA36100CU74AE1 RKA36120CU74AE1

RLA36100CU74AE1 RLA36120CU74AE1

1Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Interrupting Ratings

Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount construction from 1200–3000 A.

Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time

protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point

calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit

breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.

NOTE: Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere

rating) and S12, S16, S20, S25, or S30 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.

Table 58: Interrupting Ratings

Mounting Circuit

Breaker

Ampere Rating (A) Interrupting Ratings

Basic

Electronic

Trip Units

Micrologic

Trip Units

UL/CSA/NMX

IEC 60947-2

240 Vac 380/415 Vac

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics

Individually-

Mounted

1200, 1600,

2000, 2500

600, 800, 1000,

1200, 1600,

2000, 2500,

3000

65 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

RJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

RK 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA

RL 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA

I-Line™

NA 1000, 1200

65 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA

RJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA

RK 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA

RL 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA

Table 59: Automatic Switch Information

Circuit

Breaker

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

Withstand Rating Trip Point

(±10%)

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

2P1, 3P

1For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RKP36000S12 becomes RKP26000S12).

1200 RKF36000S12 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA

1600 RKF36000S16 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA

2000 RKF36000S20 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA

2500 RKF36000S25 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA

3000 RKF36000S30 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA

2P, 3P

1200 RLF36000S12 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA

1600 RLF36000S16 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA

2000 RLF36000S20 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA

2500 RLF36000S25 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA

3000 RLF36000S30 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Termination Information

I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches

are equipped for direct bus connection.

For cable connections, optional terminal pad RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. RLTB kits

are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers. The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A,

80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit RLTB and

optional lugs separately. Refer to Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad

kit dimensions.

For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 114.

Continuous Current Rating

All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating.

100%-rated circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 3000 A and in I-Line

construction up to 1200 A.

Because of the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous

current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C

(194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC.

Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on a label on the circuit breaker, in

the circuit breaker instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11.

Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous

Control Wiring

Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Table 60: RLTB Terminal Pad Kit

Table 61: Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers

R-Frame

Circuit Breaker

Terminal Pad Kit Lugs

per

Phase

Field-Installable Kits

Usage 3P (One

End Only)

4P (One

End Only)

3000 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 9 RL3TB1

1Supplied as standard with the R-frame circuit breaker.

RL3TB4

3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable or Bus 8 RL3TB1RL3TB4

2500 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 8 RLTB1RLTB4

2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4

All Other R-Frame Circuit Breakers Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Figure 9: Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams

Trip Unit Type

Basic A P H Connector Description

— • • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module

E1 = +24 Vdc

E2 = Common

E3 = A/Tx- D0

E4 = B/Tx+ D1

E5 = A/Rx- D0

E6 = B/Rx+ D1

— • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking

Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

Z2 = ZSI OUT

Z3 = ZSI IN signal

Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

— • • • T External neutral sensor

— • • • M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

— • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply

——••Vn

2External neutral voltage takeoff

Connector Recommended Wire Size ——••

M6C:

Q1, Q2, Q3

6 programmable contacts

24 Vdc external power supply required

V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) — — • • V1, V2, V3 External phase voltage takeoff

E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair

copper wires Function Connector Description

T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

Auxiliary Contacts

OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position

contacts

M Refer to MDGF instructions SD Bell alarm

Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) SDE Electrical fault alarm contact

OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)Remote Operation MN Undervoltage trip device

MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) MX Shunt trip

F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain

(Belden 8723 or equal)3

1 C3 terminal is not used.

2 Neutral voltage takeoff supplied as flying lead.

OF2

Closed

OF3

Open

OF1

Tripped

SDE

Fault

T1 Z3

Trip Unit

Z1 Z5

N CBA

F2+

Upstream Downstream

24 V

T1/M3

T4/F1-

MN MX

Power Trip Unit Remote Operation Alarm Contacts

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.

B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.

C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.

D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

32 34

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5

M1M2 M3

T1 T2 T3

MN/MX

D2/C2

D1/C1

OF1 11 12 14

OF2 21 22 24

OF3 31

SD 91 92 94

SDE

M6C

Vext

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

Performance

The Compact NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units,

which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units

can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.

The compact size and small footprint of the NS circuit breakers permit higher density installations.

These circuit breakers are available in ratings up to 1600 A to meet a broad range of commercial and

industrial application needs.

•

Circuit breakers are available in 1600 A construction with a sensor size range of 250–1600 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Nine inch width provides

increased density installation.

•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering

and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.

•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to

purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

•

Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility.

•

Additional options are available for five-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawout-

mounting.

Compact NS630b–NS1600

Circuit

Breaker

Interrupting

Rating

220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac

Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics

Electrically Operated

NS630b–NS1600 N 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA

NS630b–NS1600 H 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA

NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — —

Manually Operated

NS630b–NS1600 N 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA

NS630b–NS1600 H 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA

NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — —

NS630b–NS800 R 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Drawout Configuration

The drawout configuration makes it possible to:

•

extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connectors

•

allow for the addition of circuits at a later date

Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit breakers should be installed vertically only.

Mounting on a backplate.

Rear mounting on rails.

Device on mounting plate. Device on rails.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Catalog Numbers

Table 62: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Electronic

Trip Units

Trip Unit

Circuit Breaker

Current Rating

630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A

Micrologic

Standard Trip

Unit

2.0

(LS0)

NPNLE36063U32R NPNLE36080U32R NPNLE36100U32R NPNLE36125U32R NPNFE36160U32R

NPHLE36063U32R NPHLE36080U32R NPHLE36100U32R NPHLE36125U32R NPHFE36160U32R

NPLLE34063U32R NPLLE34080U32R NPLLE34100U32R ——

NPRLE34063U32R NPRLE34080U32R ———

5.0

(LSI)

NPNLE36063U33R NPNLE36080U33R NPNLE36100U33R NPNLE36125U33R NPNFE36160U33R

NPHLE36063U33R NPHLE36080U33R NPHLE36100U33R PHLE36125U33RN NPHFE36160U33R

NPLLE34063U33R NPLLE34080U33R NPLLE34100U33R ——

NPRLE34063U33R NPRLE34080U33R ———

Micrologic

Ammeter Trip

Unit2

2.0A

(LS0)

NPNLE36063U42R NPNLE36080U42R NPNLE36100U42R NPNLE36125U42R NPNFE36160U42R

NPHLE36063U42R NPHLE36080U42R NPHLE36100U42R NPHLE36125U42R NPHFE36160U42R

NPLLE34063U42R NPLLE34080U42R NPLLE34100U42R ——

NPRLE34063U42R NPRLE34080U42R ———

5.0A

(LSI)

NPNLE36063U43R NPNLE36080U43R NPNLE36100U43R NPNLE36125U43R NPNFE36160U43R

NPHLE36063U43R NPHLE36080U43R NPHLE36100U43R NPHLE36125U43R NPHFE36160U43R

NPLLE34063U43R NPLLE34080U43R NPLLE34100U43R ——

NPRLE34063U43R NPRLE34080U43R ———

6.0A

(LSIG)

NPNLE36063U44R NPNLE36080U44R NPNLE36100U44R NPNLE36125U44R NPNFE36160U44R

NPHLE36063U44R NPHLE36080U44R NPHLE36100U44R NPHLE36125U44R NPHFE36160U44R

NPLLE34063U44R NPLLE34080U44R NPLLE34100U44R ——

NPRLE34063U44R NPRLE34080U44R ———

Micrologic Power

Trip Unit with

Modbus

Communications

5.0P

(LSI)

NPNLE36063U63RE1 NPNLE36080U63RE1 NPNLE36100U63RE1 NPNLE36125U63RE1 NPNFE36160U63RE1

NPHLE36063U63RE1 NPHLE36080U63RE1 NPHLE36100U63RE1 NPHLE36125U63RE1 NPHFE36160U63RE1

NPLLE34063U63RE1 NPLLE34080U63RE1 NPLLE34100U63RE1 ——

NPRLE34063U63RE1 NPRLE34080U63RE1 ———

6.0P

(LSIG)

NPNLE36063U64RE1 NPNLE36080U64RE1 NPNLE36100U64RE1 NPNLE36125U64RE1 NPNFE36160U64RE1

NPHLE36063U64RE1 NPHLE36080U64RE1 NPHLE36100U64RE1 NPHLE36125U64RE1 NPHFE36160U64RE1

NPLLE34063U64RE1 NPLLE34080U64RE1 NPLLE34100U64RE1 ——

NPRLE34063U64RE1 NPRLE34080U64RE1 ———

Micrologic

Harmonic Trip

Unit with Modbus

Communications

5.0H

(LSI)

NPNLE36063U73RE1 NPNLE36080U73RE1 NPNLE36100U73RE1 NPNLE36125U73RE1 NPNFE36160U73RE1

NPHLE36063U73RE1 NPHLE36080U73RE1 NPHLE36100U73RE1 NPHLE36125U73RE1 NPHFE36160U73RE1

NPLLE34063U73RE1 NPLLE34080U73RE1 NPLLE34100U73RE1 ——

NPRLE34063U73RE1 NPRLE34080U73RE1 ———

6.0H

(LSIG)

NPNLE36063U74RE1 NPNLE36080U74RE1 NPNLE36100U74RE1 NPNLE36125U74RE1 NPNFE36160U74RE1

NPHLE36063U74RE1 NPHLE36080U74RE1 NPHLE36100U74RE1 NPHLE36125U74RE1 NPHFE36160U74RE1

NPLLE34063U74RE1 NPLLE34080U74RE1 NPLLE34100U74RE1 ——

NPRLE34063U74RE1 NPRLE34080U74RE1 ———

1For 4P, replace the 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NPNLE35053U43R becomes NPNLE46063U43R).

2Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Table 63: Compact Non-Automatic Switch

Compact Switch-Catalog Number

1Installation standards require upstream protection.

NPNLE36000Z63 NPNLE36000Z80 NPNLE36000Z10 NPNLE36000Z12 NPNFE36000Z16

2Not available on 1600 A circuit breaker with “L” termination.

Amperage 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A

Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

Control Manual

Toggle

Direct or

extended rotary

handle

Electric XXXXX

Connections Fixed Front connection

Rear connection

Drawout

(on cradle)

Front connection

Rear connection

Electrical Characteristics as per IEC 60947-3

Conventional thermal

current (A) I

60°C 630 800 1000 1250 1600

Rated insulation voltage (V) U

800 800 800 800 800

Rated impulse withstand

voltage (V) U

imp

88888

Rated operation voltage (V) U

AC 50/60 Hz 690 690 690 690 690

220/240 V

380/415V

440/480 V3

500/525 V

660/690 V

3Suitable for 480 V NEMA.

630 800 1000 1250 1600

Short-circuit making capacity I

(kA peak) 52 52 52 52 52

Short-time withstand current I

rms)

0.5s

20s

19.2

Suitability for isolation XXXXX

Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Electrical AC 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000

Positive contact indication XXXXX

Pollution degree 33333

Protections

Add-on earth-leakage

protection

Combination with

Vigirex relay X

Additional indication and control auxiliaries

Indication contacts X

Voltage releases MX shunt release

MN undervoltage release

Remote communication by bus

Device status indication (communicating auxiliary contacts) X

Device remote operation (communicating motor operator) X

Installation

Accessories

Terminal extensions and

spreaders

Terminal shields and

interphase barriers

Escutcheons

Dimensions (mm)

W x H x D Fixed 3P

327 x 210 x 147

327 x 280 x 147

Weight (kg) Fixed 3P

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

02/2016

™

Interrupting Ratings

See page 92.

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers

Electrically-operated NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to

1600 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a two-

step stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly.

Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a spring-

charging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or

communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When

remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary

switch (for on-off indication).

For catalog numbers, see Table 75 on page 105.

Termination Information

Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. These lugs accept

aluminum or copper wire. Manually operated circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction.

Other terminations are available as accessories for non-standard applications. See Table 91 on page

114 for more lug options.

Accessories

Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory

compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 67 on page 100 for available

accessories.

Control Wiring

Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers

See Figure 7 on page 81. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.)

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers

See Figure 8 on page 82. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.)

Table 64: Motor Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415

Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 100–130, 200–250

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

02/2016

™

Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

Performance

The Compact NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units,

which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units

can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.

The compact size and smaller footprint of the NS circuit breaker permits higher density installations.

These circuit breakers are available in up to 3200 A construction to meet a broad range of commercial

and industrial application needs.

•

Circuit breakers are available in 3200 A construction with a sensor size range of 600–3200 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):

•

The N interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear

loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Fifteen-inch width provides

increased density installation.

•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering

and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.

•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to

purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

•

Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility.

Termination Information

NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers are equipped for bus connection only. For certain amperages, an

RLTBE terminal pad kit may be required. (Same kit as the PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker.) Refer

to Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions.

Accessories

Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory

compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. (Same accessories as the R-frame circuit

breaker.)

Compact NS1600b–NS3200

Interrupting

Rating

220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac

Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics

N 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA

H 125 kA94 kA85 kA64 kA85 kA64 kA————

Table 65: Terminal Pad Kits for Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker

Terminal Pad Kit (One End Only)

Usage 3P Kit 4P Kit

3200 A Required Provided Provided

All Other Circuit Breakers Optional RLTBE RLTBE4

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

02/2016

™

Control Wiring

Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams

Refer to Wiring Diagrams on page 91. (Same as the R-frame circuit breaker.)

Catalog Numbers

Table 66: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit

Circuit Breaker

Current Rating

1For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NRHFE36200U74RE1 becomes

NRHFE46200U74RE1).

1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A

Micrologic

Standard Trip

Unit

2.0

(LS0)

NRNFE36160U32R NRNFE36200U32R NRNFE36250U32R NRNFE36320U32R

NRHFE36160U32R NRHFE36200U32R NRHFE36250U32R NRHFE36320U32R

5.0

(LSI)

NRNFE36160U33R NRNFE36200U33R NRNFE36250U33R NRNFE36320U33R

NRHFE36160U33R NRHFE36200U33R NRHFE36250U33R NRHFE36320U33R

Micrologic

Ammeter Trip

Unit2

2Add E1 suffix for Modbus Communications.

2.0A

(LS0)

NRNFE36160U42R NRNFE36200U42R NRNFE36250U42R NRNFE36320U42R

NRHFE36160U42R NRHFE36200U42R NRHFE36250U42R NRHFE36320U42R

5.0A

(LSI)

NRNFE36160U43R NRNFE36200U43R NRNFE36250U43R NRNFE36320U43R

NRHFE36160U43R NRHFE36200U43R NRHFE36250U43R NRHFE36320U43R

6.0A

(LSIG)

NRNFE36160U44R NRNFE36200U44R NRNFE36250U44R NRNFE36320U44R

NRHFE36160U44R NRHFE36200U44R NRHLFE36250U44R NRHFE36320U44R

Micrologic Power

Trip Unit with

Modbus

Communications

5.0P

(LSI)

NRNFE36160U63RE1 NRNFE36200U63RE1 NRNFE36250U63RE1 NRNFE36320U63RE1

NRHFE36160U63RE1 NRHFE36200U63RE1 NRHFE36250U63RE1 NRHFE36320U63RE1

6.0P

(LSIG)

NRNFE36160U64RE1 NRNFE36200U64RE1 NRNFE36250U64RE1 NRNFE36320U64RE1

NRHFE36160U64RE1 NRHFE36200U64RE1 NRHFE36250U64RE1 NRHFE36320U64RE1

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

02/2016

™

Section 9—Accessories

Accessories

M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers can be used with a variety of

internal and external accessories to increase application versatility and meet the demands of modern

electrical distribution systems.

Circuit breaker internal accessories are available either factory installed or field installable. They can

be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Factory-Installed Accessories

Factory-installed accessories are internally mounted by the factory. Accessories only available factory

installed cannot be removed or repaired in the field. Order factory-installed accessories by adding the

correct two-letter suffix to the standard circuit breaker catalog number. To build a catalog number, refer

to the product selector or contact a field office.

Field-Installable Accessories

Field-installable accessories can be installed or replaced in the field without affecting the circuit

breaker ratings. Field-installable accessories are shipped separately from the circuit breakers. Install

and wire field-installable accessories according to the instructions supplied with the circuit breaker and

particular accessory. Order field-installable accessories by the catalog number found in the Schneider

Electric Digest.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

100

02/2016

™

Table 67: Field/Factory-Installed Accessories

Accessory

M-Frame

Manually-Operated

Circuit Breakers

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600

R-Frame and

NS1600b–NS3200

Circuit Breakers Page

No.

Manually-Operated

Circuit Breakers

Electrically-

Operated Circuit

Breakers

Field

Installable

Factory

Installed

Field

Installable

Factory

Installed

Field

Installable

Factory

Installed

Field

Installable

Factory

Installed

Shunt Trip (MX) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 101

Undervoltage Trip (MN) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 102

Adjustable Time Delay Module for

Undervoltage Trip YNYNY NYN103

Auxiliary Switch (OF) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 103

Alarm Switch (SD) Y Y Y Y N/A N/A Y Y 103

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 103

Spring-Charging Motor N/A NA N/A N/A Y Y N/A N/A 105

Trip Unit Replacement Covers N N Y N Y N Y N 106

Neutral Current Transformer N N/A Y N Y N Y N 107

Ground-Fault Interface Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 107

External Sensor for SGR or MDGF

Protection NN/AY YY YY Y107

Sensor Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 108

Rating Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 108

M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 109

Circuit Breaker Communication Module N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 109

Restraint Interface Module N/A N/A Y N Y N Y N 111

External Power Supply Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 111

External Battery Backup Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 111

Hand-Held Test Kit N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 112

Full-Function Test Kit Y N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 112

Mechanical Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 113

Compression Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 113

Terminal Pad Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 113

I-Line Jaws Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 113

Power Distribution Connectors Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114

Control Wire Terminations Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114

Phase Barriers Y N Y N Y N Y N 116

Electric Joint Compound Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 116

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanism Y Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A 116

Rotary Handle N/A N/A N Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 117

Replacement Handles Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 117

Long Handle Extension Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 117

Accessory Cover Door Escutcheons Y N Y N Y N Y N 117

Padlock Attachment Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 117

Keylock N Y N Y N Y N Y 117

Keylock Provision N Y N Y N Y N Y 117

Sub-Feed Lugs Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 118

Y = Yes

N = No

N/A = Not Available

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

101

02/2016

™

Electrical Accessories

Maximum Wire Length

Maximum Wire Length—The inrush currents for these devices are approximately 200 VA. When low

supply voltages (12, 24 or 48 V) are used, the maximum allowable wire length is dependent on the

voltage and the wire size.

Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF)

Shunt Trip (MX1): When energized, the shunt trip instantaneously opens the circuit breaker. The

shunt trip may be energized continuously or intermittently.

Shunt Close (XF): Remotely closes the circuit breaker if the spring mechanism is charged. The shunt

close may be energized continuously or intermittently.This accessory is for electrically-operated

P-frame circuit breaker only.

Communication versions of the MX1 and XF are available for direct connection via the circuit breaker

communication module (BCM).

Table 68: Maximum Wire Length

1The length shown in the table is for each of the two supply wires.

Device Percent of

Source Voltage

12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc

Wire Size 14 AWG

(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG

(1.31 mm2)

14 AWG

(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG

(1.31 mm2)

14 AWG

(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG

(1.31 mm2)

UVR (MN)

100% — — 159 ft

(48.5 m)

100 ft

(30.5 m)

765 ft

(233.2 m)

472 ft

(143.9 m)

85% — — 44 ft

(13.4 m)

29 ft

(8.8 m)

205 ft

(62.5 m)

129 ft

(39.3 m)

Shunt Trip (MX) and

Shunt Close (XF)

100% 57 ft

(17.4 m)

34 ft

(10.4 m)

314 ft

(95.7 m)

200 ft

(61.0 m)

1503 ft

(457.8 m)

944 ft

(287.7 m)

85% 27 ft

(8.2 m)

17 ft

(5.2 m)

205 ft

(62.5 m)

126 ft

(38.4 m)

957 ft

(291.7 m)

601 ft

(183.2 m)

Shunt Trip (MX1) and

Shunt Close (XF)

Table 69: Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Characteristics

Characteristics MX1 XF Min Max

Voltage Ratings (V

)

Vac

50/60 Hz

24 Vac 17 Vac 26 Vac

48 Vac 34 Vac 52 Vac

120 Vac 60 Vac 132 Vac

240 Vac 168 Vac 264 Vac

277 Vac 194 Vac 304 Vac

380 Vac 266 Vac 418 Vac

480 Vac 336 Vac 528 Vac

Vdc

12 Vdc 8 Vdc 13 Vdc

24 Vdc 17 Vdc 26 Vdc

48 Vdc 34 Vdc 52 Vdc

125 Vdc 88 Vdc 137 Vdc

250 Vdc 175 Vdc 275 Vdc

Operating Threshold 0.7 to 1.1 V

0.85 to 1.1 V

Power Consumption (VA or W) Steady-State/Inrush 4.5/200

Circuit Breaker Response Time at V

1Shunt trip (MX1) and shunt close (XF) circuits must be energized for minimum of 200 ms.

50 ms ±10

70 ms ±10 (NW ≤4000 A)

80 ms ±10 (NW > 4000 A)

55 ms (NT)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

102

02/2016

™

Undervoltage Trip (MN)

This function opens the circuit breaker via an electrical order.

It is made up of:

•

Instantaneous trip

•

Fixed undervoltage trip (time delayed) or,

•

Adjustable undervoltage trip (time delayed)

As shown in the wiring diagram for the remote tripping function below, the delay unit (installed outside

the circuit breaker) may be disabled by an emergency off button to obtain non-delayed opening of the

circuit breaker.

The undervoltage trip (MN) instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when its supply voltage drops to

a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage.

If the undervoltage trip is not energized, it is impossible to close the circuit breaker, either manually or

electrically. An attempt to close the circuit breaker produces no movement of the main contacts.

Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage.

Undervoltage Trip (MN)

Table 70: Undervoltage Trip Characteristics

Characteristics MN

Voltage Ratings (V

)

Vac

50/60 Hz

24 Vac

48 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

277 Vac

380 Vac

480 Vac

Vdc

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

125 Vdc

250 Vdc

Power Consumption (VA or W) Constant/Inrush 4.5/200

Operating Threshold

Opening 0.35 to 0.70 Vn

Closing 0.35 Vn

Circuit Breaker Response Time at V

90 ms ±5

Figure 10: Wire Diagram for the Remote Tripping Function

10 12

MX2

C12

Opening

Order

Opening

Order

Delayed

Opening

Order

Instantane-

ous Opening

Order

Delayed

Unit

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

103

02/2016

™

Time-Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip

To eliminate circuit breaker nuisance tripping during temporary voltage dips (micro-breaks), operation

of the undervoltage trip (MN) can be delayed by adding an external time-delay module to the

undervoltage trip circuit. Available as adjustable and non-adjustable module.

Indication Contacts

Changeover contacts are used to provide remote circuit breaker status information and can be used

for indications, electrical locking, relaying, etc. All the auxiliary contacts are also available in “low-level”

versions capable of switching very low loads (for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits).

Auxiliary Switch (OF):

•

remotely indicates the position of the main circuit breaker contacts.

•

can be used to operate indicator lights, relays or other accessories.

•

circuit breaker can accommodate up to three 1A/1B auxiliary switches.

Alarm Switch (SD)

•

indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to:

— an overload

— a short circuit

— an earth-leakage fault

— operation of a voltage release

— operation of the “push-to-trip” button

•

Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset.

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

•

indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to:

— an overload

— a short circuit

— an earth-leakage fault

•

Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset.

Table 71: Time-Delay Module Characteristics

Characteristics Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installable

Cat. No.

Voltage Ratings of

Time-delay Module

Adjustable Vac 50/60 Hz /

Vdc

48-60 — S33680

100-130 — S33681

200-250 — S33682

380-480 — S33683

Non-Adjustable Vac 50/60 Hz /

Vdc

100-130 — S33684

200-250 — S33685

Operating Threshold Opening 0.35 to 0.7 V

Closing 0.85 V

Power Consumption 4.5 VA/W (holding),

200 VA/W (inrush)

Time-Delay Settings Adjustable 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, and 3.0 s

Non-Adjustable 0.25 s

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

104

02/2016

™

NOTE: If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level functions of the switch will be

lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch.

Table 72: Electrical Characteristics of the OF/SD/SDE Auxiliary Contacts

Contacts Standard Low Level

1SDE is not available in low level for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers.

Rated thermal current (A) 6 5

Minimum load 100 mA at 24 V 1 mA at 24 V

Operational

current (A)

Voltage AC DC AC DC

24 V 6655

48 V 62.552.5

110 V 6 0.6 5 0.6

220/240 V 6 — 5 —

250 V — 0.3 5 0.3

380/440 V 6 — 5 —

480 V 6 — 5 —

660/690 V 6 — — —

Table 73: Catalog Numbers

Description

Standard

Min Load = 100 mA with 24 V

Low Level

Min Load = 1 mA with 24 V

Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installable

Cat. No.

Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installable

Cat. No.

1 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AA S29450 AE S29452

2 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AB 2x S29450 AF 2x S29452

3 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AC 3x S29450 AG 3x S29452

Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BC S29450 BH S29452

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) 1a1b BD S29450 BJ S29452

Alarm Switch/Overcurrent Trip Switch (SD/SDE) 2a2b BE 2x S29450 BK12x S29452

1Not available on an electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

105

02/2016

™

Spring-Charging Motors (MCH) for P-Frame Circuit Breakers

The spring-charging motor automatically charges the spring mechanism for closing the circuit breaker

and also recharges the spring mechanism when the circuit breaker is in the ON position.

Instantaneous reclosing of the circuit breaker is thus possible following circuit breaker opening. The

spring-mechanism charging handle is used only as a backup if auxiliary power is absent.

The spring-charging motor is equipped as standard with a limit switch contact (CH) that signals the

charged position of the mechanism (springs charged).

Table 74: Spring-Charging Motor Characteristics

Characteristics MCH

Voltage Ratings (V

)Vac 50/60 Hz 48-60, 100-130, 200-250, 240-277, 380-415, 400-440, 480

Vdc 24-30, 48-60, 100-125, 200-250

Operating Threshold 0.85 to 1.1 V

Power Consumption 180 VA

Motor Overcurrent 2–3 x I

for 0.1 s

Charging Time 4 s maximum on NW, 3 s maximum on NT

Duty Cycle 3 cycles per minute maximum

Endurance 10,000 cycles for NW < 4000 A

5000 cycles for NW ≥ 4000 A

CH Contact 10 A at 240 V

Table 75: Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Rated Voltage

(+10%/-15%)

Factory

Installed Cat.

No. Suffix

Field-

Replacement

Spring Charging

Motor Cat. No.

Replacement Coils

Factory Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Opening/Closing

Coil Cat. No.

Standard Motor for

Electrically-Operated

Circuit Breakers

Vac

48 ML S47391 SL S33660

100-130 MA S47395 SA S33661

220-240 MC S47396 SC S33662

380-415 MF S47398 SH S33664

Vdc

24-30 MO S47390 SK S33659

48-60 MV S47391 SL S33660

110/130 MR S47392 SA S33661

200/250 MS S47393 SC S33662

Communicating Motor

Mechanism for

Electrically-Operated

Circuit Breakers

Vac

48 NL S47391 EL S33034

100-130 NA S47395 EA S33035

220-240 NC S47396 EC S33036

380-415 NF S47398 EH S33038

Vdc

24-30 NO S47390 EK S33033

48-60 NV S47391 EL S33034

110-130 NR S47392 EA S33035

200-250 NS S47393 EC S33036

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

106

02/2016

™

Micrologic

Trip Unit Accessories

Circuit breakers are shipped with trip unit installed, but can have the trip units replaced in the field.

Actual trip units and settings required for specific applications must be determined by a qualified

consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all

circuit breakers in the distribution system.

Lead-Free Trip Unit Sealing Kit

The MICROTUSEAL lead-free trip unit seal was designed as a RoHS-compliant replacement for lead

seals. It may be used to seal Micrologic trip units and other devices. It is manufactured as a stainless

steel cable and polycarbonate locking mechanism which shows evidence of tampering. The seal is

individually numbered for control purposes.

Order kit number .

Replacement Covers

Table 76: Field-Installable Micrologic Trip Unit

Model Protection Additional Features Field-Installable Cat. No.

1The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit is the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please

add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to the Digest for a complete listing of adjustable

settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix

“N” if no rating plug is required.

When replacing a Basic trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-

pin connector kit S33101 for the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame unit-mount

and R-frame circuit breakers.

2.0 (IEC only) LSO

None

S132R

3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI S131A

5.0 LSI S133A

2.0A (IEC only) LSO

Ammeter

S142R

3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI S141A

5.0A LSI S143A

6.0A LSIG S144A

5.0P LSI Metering, Advanced Protection S163A 2

2Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.

6.0P LSIG S164A 2

5.0H LSI

Metering, Advanced Protection &

Harmonic Analysis

S173A 2

6.0H LSIG S174A 2

Table 77: Replacement Covers

Device Cat. No.

Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592

Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, opaque gray S47067

MICROTUSEAL

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

107

02/2016

™

Neutral Current Transformer (CT)

Current transformers are available for applications requiring ground-fault protection on three-phase,

four-wire systems or for neutral protection and metering. Neutral current transformers are not required

on non-ground-fault circuit breakers, or on three-phase, three-wire systems. The rating of the external

neutral current transformer must be compatible with the rating of the circuit breaker.

NOTE: These neutral current transformers cannot be used for SGR (Source Ground-Return) or MDGF

(Modified Differential Ground Fault) applications.

Ground-Fault Interface Module

The ground-fault interface module (P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers only) is

used to sum the current flow in three-phase, four-wire systems and multiple-sourced systems, using

one or more specially-designed external current sensors to measure current flow. The ground-fault

interface module is commonly used in two applications:

•

For a ground-source return ground-fault sensing (SGR) system

•

For a modified differential ground-fault (MDGF) system

More complex systems are possible, for information about these, contact a field sales representative.

Order kit number .

External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protections

For use on 400 A sensor or higher.

In SGR applications, an external sensor is installed around the connection of the transformer neutral

point to ground. Its secondary is connected to the Micrologic™ 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units.

In MDGF applications, a sensor is installed on each phase and neutral conductor. The sensors for

each circuit breaker are connected to an interface module. These, in turn, connect to the Micrologic

6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units.

Order kit number .

Table 78: Neutral Current Transformer Catalog Numbers

Circuit Breaker Sensor Cat. No.

P-Frame 250 S33575

400–1600 S33576

R-Frame

250 S48916

400–1600 S34036

2000 S48896

2500 S48182

All All NCTWIRING 1

1Included with NCT.

12-pin Trip Unit Connector S33100

S48891

S33579

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

108

02/2016

™

Sensor Plugs

Sensor plugs are used to set the current rating (I

) of the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers.

Beginning in January 2007 (date code 07011), the sensor plugs are field-replaceable, down to 50% of

the original rating. Mechanical keying in the circuit breaker prevents changing a rating plug to a higher

rating than the original factory-installed sensor plug.

Rating Plugs

Interchangeable rating plugs are available to limit the long-time threshold setting range for greater

versatility.

Table 79: Sensor Plugs

Circuit Breaker Original Circuit

Breaker Amperage

Sensor Plug

Range

Sensor Plug

Catalog No.

UL P-Frame

250 A 250 A S47052

400 A 400 A S47053

600 A 600 A S48823

800 A 600–800 A S33092

1000 A 600–1000 A S33093

1200 A 600–1200 A S48824

IEC P-Frame

630 A 630 A S33091

800 A 600–800 A S33092

1000 A 600–1000 A S33093

1250 A 600–1250 A S33094

1600 A 600–1600 A S33095

UL R-Frame

600 A 600 A S48823

800 A 600–800 A S33092

1000 A 600–1000 A S33093

1200 A 600–1200 A S48824

1600 A 800–1600 A S33095

2000 A 1000–2000 A S33982

2500 A 1200–2500 A S33983

3000 A 1200–3000 A S48825

IEC R-Frame

1600 A 1600 A S33095

2000 A 1600–2000 A S33982

2500 A 1600–2500 A S33983

3200 A 1600–3200 A S33984

Table 80: Rating Plug Settings

Rating Plug Switch Settings I

= I

x... Cat. No.

For P-Frame and

R-Frame Circuit

Breakers

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

0.4

0.42

0.4

0.45

0.44

0.50

0.48

0.5

0.53

0.64

0.6

0.56

0.58

0.7

0.63

0.67

0.8

0.7

0.75

0.9

0.8

0.88

0.83

0.93

0.9

0.95

S48818

S48819

S48820

S48836

Type E

Type F

Type G

Type H

0.6

0.84

0.66

0.48

0.7

0.86

0.68

0.5

0.75

0.88

0.7

0.52

0.8

0.9

0.72

0.54

0.85

0.92

0.74

0.56

0.9

0.94

0.76

0.58

0.93

0.96

0.78

0.6

0.95

0.98

0.8

0.62

0.82

0.64

S48837

S48838

S48839

S48840

For NS630b–

NS3200 Circuit

Breakers

Type R1

Type S

Type T

0.4

0.8

0.5

0.45

0.82

0.6

0.5

0.85

0.7

0.55

0.88

0.8

0.6

0.9

0.65

0.92

0.95

0.7

0.95

0.98

0.75

0.98

0.8

S33542

S33543

S33544

Type P (Off Plug) No Long-Time Protection. S33545

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

109

02/2016

™

Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM-ULP)

The circuit breaker communication module is independent of the trip unit. Installed on the circuit

breaker, behind the trip unit, it receives and transmits information on the communication network. An

optical link is used for communication with the Micrologic A, P, and H trip units. Power requirements

are 30 mA, 24 Vdc.

NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated

from the power supply for the trip unit.

The following may be connected to this module:

•

A set of dedicated switches which read the status of the circuit breaker.

•

A set of “actuators” (MX shunt trip or motor mechanism) to control the circuit breaker.

Table 81: Circuit Breaker Communication Module Characteristics

Circuit Breaker

Identification

ID Code, Address

Size, Rating, Performance

Type of Trip Unit

Type of Long-Time Rating Plug

Status Indication On/Off Indication

Fault Trip

Controls Opening/Closing

Circuit Breaker and Trip Unit

APH

Settings

Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches

Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches

Setting of Protection and Alarms

Customized Alarm Programming

Operating and

Maintenance Aids

Reading of Protection and Alarms

Standard

Set

Customized

Reading of Measurements

Current

Voltages, Frequency, Power, etc.

Power Quality: Fundamentals and Harmonics

Waveform Capture X

Histories History of Trips and Alarms1

Log of Trips and Alarms

Indicators Contact Wear, Counters, Etc.

Maintenance Record

1Up to 10 trips and 10 alarms.

Table 82: Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories

Description

Factory-

Installed

Cat. No.

Suffix

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.

P-Frame R-Frame

Unit

Mount I-Line™ Motor

Operated Drawout

With

Rotary

Handle

Unit

Mount I-Line

Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) E1 S64205 S64207 S64206 S64205

Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) V S64273

Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) W S64204 S64202 S64204 S64201

External Voltage Sensing (EVS) YV S64203 S64210 S64209 S64210 S64208

Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights — S33593

12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers — S33100

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

110

02/2016

™

M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts

The M2C and M6C contacts are used with the Micrologic P and H control units, and indicate the type of

fault and instantaneous or delayed threshold overruns (i.e: trip unit protection pickup, current/voltage

unbalance, under/over voltage, reverse power, phase rotation, under/over frequency, and load

shedding). The M2C has two programmable contacts while the M6C has six. They require an external

24 Vdc power supply (100 mA consumption).

NOTE: The M2C and M6C may use the same 24 V power supply as the trip unit. The M2C, M6C and

trip unit power supply must be separate and isolated from the power supply used for the BCM/CCM.

M6C contacts are programmed via the control unit using a keypad or via a supervisory station with the

COM communication option. They may be programmed:

•

With instantaneous return to the initial state

•

Without return to the initial state

•

With return to the initial state following a delay

Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

Table 83: Characteristics for M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts

Minimum Load 100 mA/24 V

Breaking Capacity at a

Power Factor (p.f.) of 0.7

240 Vac 5 A

380 Vac 3 A

24 Vdc 1.8 A

48 Vdc 1.5 A

125 Vdc 0.4 A

250 Vdc 0.15 A

Table 84:

ZSI is used to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment during fault

conditions by reducing the time it takes to clear the fault, while maintaining

system coordination between overcurrent protective devices.

During a short-circuit or ground-fault condition on a ZSI system, the device

directly ahead of the fault sends a signal upstream via control wiring to restrain

upstream circuit breakers from tripping and then trips with no intentional time

delay to clear the fault. Upstream devices which receive a restraint signal obey

their short-time and/or ground-fault delay settings to maintain coordination in

other areas of the system. Upstream devices that do not receive a restraint

signal trip with no intentional time delay.

•

Fault 1—The upstream circuit breaker (A) will clear the fault with no

intentional delay, regardless of its time-delay setting.

•

Fault 2—Circuit breaker (B) will inform upstream circuit breaker (A) that it is

clearing the fault. This will prevent circuit breaker (A) from tripping

instantaneously. Circuit breaker (A) will trip at the end of its time delay setting

if the fault is not cleared during this time.

ZSI requires trip settings be coordinated so a downstream circuit breaker will trip

before an upstream circuit breaker under overload, short-circuit or ground-fault

conditions. Effective coordination requires a system coordination study. See data

bulletin 0100DB0501, Short Circuit Coordination for Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers.

Fault 1

Fault 2

Downstream

Circuit

Breakers

Upstream

Circuit

Breaker

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

111

02/2016

™

Restraint Interface Module (RIM)

The restraint interface module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective interlocking communications

between circuit breakers with old Micrologic, Merlin Gerin™, or Federal Pioneer™ trip units and GC

series ground-fault relays. For 120 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48890. For 240 Vac/24

Vdc systems, use catalog number S48895.

Downstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 2.0A, 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can

restrain up to fifteen upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H

trip units without requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of upstream circuit breakers

exceeds fifteen, then a RIM is required.

External Power Supply Module

When used with the Micrologic A, P, and H trip units, a power supply module makes it possible to:

•

Display currents less than 20% of sensor (I

•

Maintain display of tripping causes after opening of the circuit breaker.

•

Store the value of the interrupted current (P and H trip units only).

•

The modules are not UL Listed.

External Battery Backup Module

The external battery backup module (Catalog No. 685831) provides up to twelve hours of backup

power for the power supply module.

Table 85: RIM Requirements

1R = RIM is required.

Number denotes maximum number of upstream circuit breakers that can be restrained without requiring a RIM.

Micrologic

trip unit

Micrologic

Series B trip unit

Square D

GC-100 relay

Square D

GC-200 relay

Merlin Gerin

STR58 trip units

Federal Pioneer

USRC and USRCM trip units

Micrologic Trip Unit2

2Includes 2.0A (as a downstream trip unit only), 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units.

15 R R 15 15 R

Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R 26 R R R 15

Square D GC-100 Relay R R 7 R R R

Square D GC-200 Relay 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units R 15 R R R 15

Square D Add-on Ground Fault Module for Equipment Protection R 5 R R R R

Table 86: External Power Supply Module

Power Supply Input

(+10%, -15%)

Output

Voltage

Output

Power Cat. No.

24–30 Vdc Input

24 Vdc 5 VA/5 W

(Ripple < 5%)

685823

48/60 Vdc Input 685824

125 Vdc Input 685825

110–130 Vac Input 685826

200–240 Vac Input 685827

380–415 Vac Input 685829

Upstream Device

(Receives input from RIM)

Downstream Device

(Sends output to RIM)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

112

02/2016

™

Test Equipment

Hand-Held Test Kit

The hand held test kit may be used to:

•

Verify trip unit operation, the mechanical operation of the circuit breaker, and the electrical

continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit.

•

Supply control power to the trip unit for settings via the keypad when the circuit breaker is open

(Micrologic P and H trip units).

•

Inhibit thermal imaging for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H).

•

Inhibit ground fault for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H).

•

Self-restrain Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) (for Micrologic types A, P or H).

Full-Function Test Kit

The full-function test kit consists of a signal-injection box which can be used alone or with a supporting

personal computer (PC). The optional test kit software is compatible with Windows

95, 98 and

Windows NT

operating systems.

The test kit without a supporting PC may be used to check:

•

The mechanical operation of the circuit breaker

•

The electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit

•

Trip unit operation — for example:

— Display of settings

— Operating tests on the electronic component

— Automatic and manual tests on protection functions (trip curve verification)

— Tests on the Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) function

— Inhibition of the ground-fault protection for equipment

— Inhibition of the thermal imaging

•

Save test data into test kit

The test kit with a supporting PC may be used to:

•

Print test data

•

Compare the real tripping curve with the curves available on the PC

Table 87: Hand-held Test Kit Catalog Numbers

Device Cat. No.

Hand-held Test Kit S33594

Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1

1Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only.

S48907

Two-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit) S48908

Table 88: Full-Function Test Kit Catalog Numbers

Device Cat. No.

Full-function Test Kit S33595

Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1

1Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only.

S48907

230 Vac Filtered Power Cord1S48856

120 Vac Filtered Power Cord1S48855

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

113

02/2016

™

Circuit Breaker Terminations

Mechanical, Compression, and Distribution Lugs

The M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends

of the unit-mounted circuit breakers. The M-frame and P-frame I-Line™ circuit breakers have mechanical

lugs standard on the O/OFF end only. These lugs are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire. Rear

connectors, compression lugs and distribution lugs are available for special applications.

P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See

Section 8 for drawout cradle details.

The R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers have terminal pads only (no lugs) for bus

connections on both ends. Terminal pads are required for the use of lugs on R-frame circuit breakers,

lugs are not available for NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. See the section on R-frame and

NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers for information on terminal pad requirements. R-frame I-Line circuit

breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only (AL1200R53K).

Copper mechanical lugs are available for use with copper wire only. These lugs can be factory

installed by adding an LC suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number for standard copper lugs and LD

suffix for high-amp copper lugs (M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 ≤800 A circuit breakers

only). See the Digest or product selector or contact the field office for more information.

I-Line™ Jaw Configurations

Standard 3P I-Line circuit breakers are supplied with an ABC phase jaw connection. In applications

where the jaw configuration must be reversed, specify a CBA jaw configuration by adding the digit 6 to

the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number.

I-Line 2P circuit breakers are available in AC or CA phasing. Add the digit of the desired phasing to the

phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number.

Table 89: I-Line Phase Options

Phase Option Number Phase Connections

Standard

ABC

CBA

M-Frame Mechanical Lugs

P-Frame Mechanical Lugs

M-Frame

Compression Lug

R-Frame

Compression Lug

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

114

02/2016

™

Power Distribution Connectors

Power distribution connectors (PDCs) are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 unit-

mount circuit breakers as field-installable kits. They can be used for multiple load wire connections on

one circuit breaker. Each is UL Listed for copper wire only. Power distribution connectors are for use

on the O/OFF end of the circuit breaker only, and the O/OFF end must be connected to the load. PDCs

are for use in UL508 applications only.

Control Wire Terminations

Mechanical lug kits are available with provisions for control wire terminations. The control wire is

crimped to a standard ring-type wire crimp terminal (not included) and secured to the lug using the

#6-32 screw included in the kit. These lugs are UL and CSA Recognized as a circuit breaker

component.

These lugs are available factory installed or as field-installable kits. For factory-installed control wire

terminations, add the suffix from the table below in the lug option field of the catalog number.

PDC6P20 PDC12P4

Table 90: Control Wire Termination

Termination Code Control Wire Location Control Wire Suffix

L Both ends LW

M ON end only LU

P OFF end only LV

Table 91: Lug Kits

Lug Type Catalog

Number Used On Circuit

Breaker Type

Lugs

Per

Kit

Max.

Amp.

Rating

Conductors/Lug

No. Range

Aluminum

Mechanical Lug2

AL800M23K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤800 A,

NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

AL800P6K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤800 A3,

NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3, 4 800 2 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

(95–300 mm2)

AL800P7K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤800 A3,

NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3770 2

3/0 AWG–750 kcmil

(95–400 mm2);

Compact AL 750 kcmil

(400 mm2) only

AL1200P24K M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A3,

optional for P-Frame≤800 A, NS630b–NS1200

Unit-mount,

I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

AL1200P25K P-Frame > 800 A, optional for P-Frame ≤800 A,

NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

AL1200R53K R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

(95–300 mm2)

AL1200P6KU P-Frame > 800 A, optional for P-Frame ≤ 800 A,

NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3 1200 3 350-600 kcmil

(185-300 mm2)

AL1200P7KU P-Frame ≤ 800 A3,

NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount 3 1155 3

3/0 AWG–750 kcmil

(95–400 mm2);

Compact AL 750 kcmil only

AL2500RK R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil

(50–400 mm2)

Continued on next page

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

115

02/2016

™

Copper

Mechanical

Lugs4

CU800M23K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤800 A,

NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

CU1200P24K M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤800 A,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 112004

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

CU1200P25K P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,

NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 800 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–250 mm2)

CU1200R53K R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

(95–300 mm2)

CU250P1K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A,

NS630b–NS800 PJ 3 150 A 1 1–1/0 AWG

(50 mm2)

Aluminum

Compression

Lugs

YA250P3 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 1 250 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil

(70–150 mm2)

YA400P3 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 2 400 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil

(70–150 mm2)

YA1200R3 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil

(70–150 mm2)

YA300P5 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 1 300 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

YA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

YA1200R5 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

YA400P7 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 1 400 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

YA800P7 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

YA1200R7 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

YA2500R7 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

Copper

Compression

Lugs4

CYA400P5 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 1 400 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

CYA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

CYA1200R5 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)

CYA800R7 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200 I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

CYA1200R7 R-Frame,

NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil

(240–400 mm2)

Power

Distribution

Connectors

(Copper Only)

PDC12P4 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3 400 12 10–4 AWG

(6–25 mm2)

PDC12P44 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 4 400 12 10–4 AWG

(6–25 mm2)

PDC6P20 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 3 600 6 12–2/0 AWG

(25–70 mm2)

PDC6P204 M-Frame, P-Frame,

NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,

I-Line 4 600 6 12–2/0 AWG

(25–70 mm2)

1For 4P circuit breakers, add “4” to kit catalog number (AL800M23K4 instead of AL800M23K).

2For version with tapped hole for control wire add a T before the K to the kit catalog number (AL800M23TK instead of AL800M23K).

3Does not fit onto I/ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers.

4Not available with tapped hole for control wire.

Table 91: Lug Kits (continued)

Lug Type Catalog

Number Used On Circuit

Breaker Type

Lugs

Per

Kit

Max.

Amp.

Rating

Conductors/Lug

No. Range

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

116

02/2016

™

External Accessories

Phase Barriers

Phase barriers are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 unit-mount circuit breakers

with bus connections or with lugs ≤800 A. Phase barriers are also available for R-frame and

NS1600b–NS3200 unit-mount circuit breakers.

Electric Joint Compound

I-Line circuit breakers, I-Line busway plug-on units and I-Line panelboards and switchboards are

supplied with factory-applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound is especially

formulated for I-Line connections and contributes to the overall performance of the connection.

If the joint compound is removed, it must be reapplied. A two-ounce container of the compound

(Cat. No. PJC7201) is available.

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

Door-mounted operating mechanisms are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. The Type L

door-mounted variable-depth operating mechanism feature heavy-duty, all-metal constructions. They

can be padlocked in the OFF position when the enclosure door is open. Handle assemblies can be

locked OFF with up to three padlocks, which also locks the door closed. Complete kits include a

handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly, and are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R and

12 enclosures. A door drilling template is supplied for ease of installation.

Handle Extension

Handle extensions are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. Order catalog number 33195.

Table 92: Phase Barriers

Used With Cat. No. Qty Per Kit

M-Frame and P-Frame S33646 3

R-Frame S33998

Operating

Mechanism

Handle

Assembly

Table 93: Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

Description Description Handle Assembly

1Painted handles are painted flat black, with the base ring silver.

Shaft Mounting Depth Cat. No.

Circuit Breaker Mechanism Type L

Painted, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in.

(182–295 mm) LW1

Painted, 8 inch 7.2–22.25 in.

(182–565 mm) LW4

Handle Assembly2

2Due to gasketing, NEMA 3 and 4 handle assemblies are NOT trip indicating.

Type 3, 4 Painted, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in.

(182–295 mm)

LHP48

Type 3, 4, 4X Chrome Plated, 8 inch LCP48

Replacement Parts

Handle Assembly Painted, 8 inch — LHP8

Operating Mechanism — — LW7

Standard Shaft — 7.2–11.625 in.

(182–295 mm) LS8

Long Shaft — 7.2–22.25 in.

(182–565 mm) LS10

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

117

02/2016

™

Rotary Operating Handles

P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available with standard black directly-mounted

(IP-40) or door-mounted / telescopic door-mounted (IP-55) rotary handles. The rotary handles are

factory-installed and available with two early-break or two early-make contacts.

Replacement Handles

Replacement handle assemblies are available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers.

Replacement toggle handle extensions, including an optional longer handle extension, are available

for M-frame, P-frame, and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers.

Door Escutcheons

Accessory cover door escutcheons are available for all M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–

NS3200 circuit breakers. Toggle door escutcheons are also available for fixed-mounted, P-frame,

manually-operated circuit breakers.

Locking Accessories

Field-installable handle padlock attachments are available for manually-operated circuit breakers. These

attachments will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and will

lock the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position only.

A handle padlock attachment is also available for locking manually-operated circuit breakers in either

the I/ON or O/OFF position. This attachment will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter

of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and is available as factory or field installation.

Kirk

key interlock brackets are also available for locking circuit breakers in the O/OFF position only.

Not available for drawout P-frame or NS630b–NS1600.

Circuit breakers with rotary handles come standard with provision for padlocking the handle in the O/OFF

position only. Key locks are also available for locking the circuit breaker in the I/ON or O/OFF positions.

A keylock or padlock provision for padlocking the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position is optional on

electrically-operated P-frame and NS-630b–NS1600 circuit breakers.

Table 94: Rotary Operated Handles

Device Switches Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Direct Mounted, Standard Black Handle —RD10

Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RD16

Door Mounted, Standard Black Handle —RE10

Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RE16

Rotary Handle Replacement Kit — S33875

Table 95: Replacement Handles for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No.

Standard R-Frame S33997

Standard Short M-, P-Frame S46998

Long M-, P-Frame S46996

Table 96: Door Escutcheons for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No.

Accessory Cover M-, P-Frame S33718

R-Frame S33929

Toggle Handle M-, P-Frame S33717

Drawout P-Frame S33857

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 9—Accessories

118

02/2016

™

Sub-Feed Lugs

Sub-feed lug kits are UL Listed for use on Listed equipment. They have plug-on jaw construction and

plug on to the I-Line bus stack in the same manner as branch circuit breakers. Lugs on these devices

accommodate the same wire sizes as the equivalent ampere rated circuit breakers.

Table 97: Locks and Interlocking

M- and P-Frame R-Frame

Device Description Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installed

Cat. No.

Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installed

Cat. No.

Handle

Padlocking

Device

Removable (Lock Off or On) — — — —

Removable (Lock Off Only) — S44936 —S33996

Fixed (Lock Off or On) YP S32631 YP S32631

Fixed (Lock Off Only) YQ MPRPAF YQ MPRPAF

Interlocking

(Not UL listed) Mechanical for Circuit Breakers with Rotary Handles1—S33890 ——

Key Locking

Provision Only, Vertical Mount,

1 key interlock including padlock

provision, open position only

Kirk JE1—JE

1—

Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 or

2 Locks Kirk JA — — —

Provision Only, Horizontal Mount

1 Lock, M- and P-Frame

1 or 2 Locks, R-Frame

Kirk JK — JK —

Ronis JB — JB —

Profalux JD — JD —

Provision and 1 Lock, Vertical

Mount Kirk JG — — —

Provision and 1 Lock, Horizontal

Mount

Kirk JL — JL —

Ronis JC — JC —

Profalux JF — JF —

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike,

Vertical Mount Kirk JN — — —

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike,

Horizontal Mount Kirk — — JN —

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed

Differently, Vertical Mount Kirk JP — — —

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed

Differently, Horizontal Mount Kirk — — JP —

1Not available on M-frame, motor-operated P-frame, or I-Line circuit breakers.

Table 98: I-Line Sub-Feed Lug Kit Terminations

Plug-On Lug

Kit Cat. No. Poles Mounting

Height

Ampere

Rating

Lug

Catalog No. Wire Size Conductors Per Lug

SL800M5 3 800 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)3

SL1200P5 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)4

SL1200P6 3 1200 A — 350–600 kcmil

(185–300 mm2)3

SL1200P7 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil

(95–400 mm2)2

S33931 3 9 in. 1200 A AL1200P24K 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

(95–240 mm2)4

S33930 3 15 in. 1200 A AL1200R53K 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

(95–300 mm2)4

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

119

02/2016

™

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design

Drawout Mechanism

The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected,

test, disconnected, or withdrawn), as shown in the figure below.

06123146

A—Terminal Cover

B—Lifting Tabs

C—Extension Rail Handle

D—Padlock Provision

E—Position Indicator

F—Crank Insertion Opening

G—Stop Release Button

H—Crank Storage Space

Drawout Circuit Breaker

Cradle

NOTE: See page 19 for cradle catalog numbers.

Connected Position Test Position Disconnected Position Withdrawn Position

Secondary Contacts Clusters (UL)

Stabs (UL)

NOTE: For UL/CSA Listed devices, the clusters are mounted on the circuit breaker and the stabs are on the cradle.

For IEC devices, the clusters are mounted on the cradle and the stabs are mounted on the circuit breaker.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

120

02/2016

™

Connectors

Cradle Accessories

Cradle Position Switches

Three optional cradle position switches are available for the cradle:

•

Cradle position switches (CE) to indicate the connected position.

•

Cradle position switches (CD) to indicate the disconnected position. This position is indicated when

the required clearance for isolation of the power and auxiliary circuits is reached.

•

Cradle position switches (CT) to indicate the test position. In this position, the power circuits are

disconnected and the auxiliary circuits are connected.

Table 99: Available Connectors

Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Rear-Connected “T” Vertical

(RCTV)

Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal

(RCTH)

Table 100: Cradle Position Switches

Switch Type CE CD CT Cat. No. CE CD CT Cat. No.

Maximum Push-In Switches 3 2 1 3 2 1

Breaking Capacity at a

Power Factor (pf) of 0.3

Standard: 10 mA/24 V Min. Load

S33170

Low-Level: 1 mA/4 V Min. Load1

1If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level function of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to

function as a standard switch with standard switch specifications.

S33171

240 Vac 8 A 24-48 Vac 5 A

380 Vac 8 A 240 Vac 5 A

480 Vac 8 A 380 Vac 5 A

600-690 Vac 6 A 24-48 Vdc 2.5 A

24-48 Vdc 2.5 A 125 Vdc 0.8 A

125 Vdc 0.8 A 250 Vdc 0.3 A

250 Vdc 0.3 A

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

121

02/2016

™

Cradle Locking and Interlocking

Disconnected Position Locking

The circuit breaker can be locked in the disconnected position by key interlock (optional, catalog

number ) or padlock (standard). The key interlock is on the cradle and accessible with the door

locked.

•

Kirk key interlocks are available for UL/CSA circuit breakers. Key is captive when circuit breaker is

closed.

•

Locking in all positions (disconnected, test, and connected) is possible. Factory standard setting is

locking in disconnected position.

Door Interlock

The door interlock (catalog number S33786) prevents the compartment door from being opened when

the circuit breaker is in the connected or test position. If the circuit breaker is put into the connected

position with the door open, the door can be closed without disconnecting the circuit breaker. For

greater protection, this interlock can be used in conjunction with the open door racking interlock.

Open Door Racking Interlock

The racking interlock (catalog number ) prevents racking in the circuit breaker when the door is

open. (Insertion of the circuit breaker racking crank is not possible when the compartment door is

open.)

Cradle Rejection Kits

The cradle rejection feature (optional, catalog number ) ensures that only the properly

designated circuit breaker or switch is matched with the selected cradle assembly.

Miscellaneous Accessories

Shutter and Shutter Lock

The shutters automatically block access to the main disconnects when the circuit breaker is in the

disconnected, test, or fully withdrawn position. The shutter lock is used to prevent connection of the

circuit breaker or to lock the shutters in the closed position.

The optional shutter assembly (catalog number ) consists of shutter and padlock provision.

Door Escutcheon (CDP)

The door escutcheon (catalog number ) provides a frame and seal for the circuit breaker.

Transparent Cover for Door Escutcheon (CCP) (P-Frame Only)

The door escutcheon cover (catalog number ) is hinge-mounted and is designed to be installed

on the door escutcheon for the P-frame drawout circuit breaker.

RONIS RONIS

S33772

push OFF

OFF

S33788

S33767

S48933

S33857

S33859

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

122

02/2016

™

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 11: Terminal Layout for Push-In Connector Installation

Function Connector Description Trip Unit Type

Auxiliary

Contacts OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch

position contacts

Basic A P H Connector Description

— X X X Com: E1-E6 Communication

Rotary

Handle

Contacts

CAO Early break contact — X X X UC1: Z Zone-selective Interlocking

CAF Early make contact Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

Cradle

Contacts

CD Disconnected position contacts Z2 = ZSI OUT

CE Connected position contacts Z3 = ZSI IN signal

CT Test position contacts Z4 = ZSI IN short time

Remote

Operation

SDE Electrical fault alarm contact Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

SD Alarm contact — X X X UC1: M1 Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

MN Undervoltage trip device — X X X UC2: T External neutral

MX1Shunt trip — X X X UC2: M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

1 When networked MXF coils are used, terminal C3 must be connected

to line even if the communication module is not installed. — X X X UC3: F 24 Vdc external power supply (F1 -, F2 +)

— — X X UC3: Vn External neutral plug

— — X X UC4 External phase voltage sensing

— — X X M6C Six programmable contacts

CD2

824

822

821

CD1

814

812

811

CE3

334

332

331

CE2

324

322

321

CE1 CT1

314 914

312 912

311 911

OF3

OF2 OF1

24 14

22 12

21 11

CAO2

524

522

521

Com UC1 UC2 UC3 UC4 SDE

F2+

F1-

544

542

541

MN/MX

D2/C12

C13

D1/C11

CAF2

534

532

531

CAF1 CAO1

514

512

511

M6C

Connector Recommended Wire Size

E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair

cable or twisted pair copper wires

V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)

T22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs

with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3

OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)

MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2)

FSize per aux 24 Vdc power supply

Z1–Z5 22 AWG (0.3 mm2)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

123

02/2016

™

Figure 12: Wiring Diagrams for Auxiliary Connections

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.

B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.

C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.

D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

E–For proper wiring of the FDM, refer to user guide 5100512864A-02.

MN MX

C12

C11

C13

Power Trip Unit Remote Operation

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in tripped position.

Auxiliary Contacts Cell Switches

822

824

821

812

814

811

Disconnected

CD2 CD1

331 332

334

CE3

Connected

321 322

324

CE2

311 312

314

CE1

914

912

911

CT1

Test

Position

OF3 OF2 OF1

Open

Closed

SDE

Fault

542

544

541

CAF2

Closed

532

534

531

CAF1

522

524

521

CAO2

Open

512

514

511

CAO1

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Circuit Breaker

Communication

Module (BCM)

Wiring of the COM

varies with

available options.

See Figure 13.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

124

02/2016

™

Figure 13 – Wiring Diagrams for the COM Option

I/O Module

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Red White

Black

Blue

Circuit Breaker

ULP cord

Circuit Breaker

Communication

Module (BCM)

ULP cord

Microswitches

Connected to BCM

FDM121

version > V2.0.2

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

customer terminal block

CCMCCM

Rx-Rx+Tx-Tx+

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

EGX100

The B configuration is

only possible with CCM

marked Schneider Electric

on the front face.

+ -

External power supply

24 V c

+ - +-

ABA’B’

Red Black BlueWhite

Circuit Breaker

ULP Cord

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

customer terminal block

Rx-Rx+Tx-Tx+

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

EGX100

+ -

CCM

External power supply

24 V c

ABA’B’

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

customer terminal block

Rx-Rx+Tx-Tx+

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

EGX100

+ -

External power supply

24 V c

CCM

ABA’B’

Modbus

Com

Address

Baud-rate

19.2 k

4W, 2W+ULP

4wires

Micrologic P/H

Modbus

Com

Ad d r e ss

Baud-rate

19.2 k

4W, 2W+ULP

2w+ULP

NetworkBreaker

A. Modbus RS 485 2-wire

without ULP module

B. Modbus RS 485 2-wire + ULP

with ULP module

A. Modbus RS 485 4-wire

without ULP module

Wiring of the COM Option (Modbus BCM ULP and CCM Modules

Wiring of the I/O Modules

Typical for all CCMs.

See cell switches

Page 123.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

125

02/2016

™

Figure 14: Communication Components and FDM121 Connections

LV434195 LV434196 LV434197

Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

0.98 ft.

(0.35 m)

4.3 ft.

(1.3 m)

9.8 ft.

(3 m)

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

External power supply

24 Vdc

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Customer Terminal Block

White

IFM

External power supply

24 Vdc

IFE

D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / Tx-

D1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+

Ethernet

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Customer Terminal Block

White

Modbus-SL

A. Modbus Network

B. Ethernet Network

C. Circuit Breaker ULP Cord

D. FDM Display

E. ULP Termination

F. ULP Cable

Connections

PowerPact and Compact circuit

breakers are connected to the ULP

devices (FDM121 display, IFM, IFE or

I/O module) via the circuit breaker ULP

cord.

• Cord is available in three lengths:

0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and

9.8 ft. (3 m).

• Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are

possible using extensions.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

126

02/2016

™

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers

Figure 15: M-Frame Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and

Door Cutouts

1.89

(48)

(6,5)

4x Ø 0.256

9.606

(244)

7.835

(199) 4x Ø 0.256

(6.5)

7.874

(200)

7.874

(200)

2.52

(64)

10.472

(266)

5.669

(144)

1.299

(33)

4.764

(121)

1.535

(39)

0.886

(22,5)

7.835

(199)

(6,5)

4x Ø 0.256

(6,5)

4x Ø 0.256

7.835

(199) 7.835

(199)

7.638

(194) 2.795

(71)

7.874

(200)

0.098

(2,5)

8.504

(216)

7.874

(200)

3.425

(87)

0.315

(8)

3.012

(76,5)

4.744

(120,5)

0.63

(16)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

127

02/2016

™

Figure 16: M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker with Lugs on Both Ends

7.835

(199)

0.217

(5,5)

3.917

(99,5)

2.555

(64,9)

7.402

(188)

0.295

(7,5)

0.492

(12,5)

4.449

(113)

8.268

(210)

7.874

(200)

12.858

(326,6)

(126,9)

8.268

(210)

2.756

(70)

2.756

(70)

0.433

(11)

0.256

(6,5)

3.84

(97,6)

4.244

(107,8)

5.78

(146,8)

8.06

(204,6)

28°

ON 25°

OFF

5°

TRIPPED

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

128

02/2016

™

Figure 17: M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker without Lugs

Partial View B

(opposite side)

Partial View A

(opposite side)

3.917

(99,5)

0.984

(25)

0.984

(25)

1.441

(36,6)

7.835

(199)

0.669

(17) 0.42

(10,6)

0.21

(5,3) 1.4

(35,6)

0.217

(5,5)

1.732

(44)

R0.217

(5,5)

0.374

(9,5)

0.669

(17)

8.05

(204,4)

4.244

(107,8)

5.78

(146,8)

3.84

(97,6)

0.65

(16,5)

12.858

(326,6)

(126,9)

8.268

(210)

2.756

(70)

2.756

(70)

Ø0.433

(11)

0.433

(11)

0.256

(6,5)

7.402

(188)

2.555

(64,9)

1.1

(29)

0.36

(9,2)

0.72

(18,3) 1.1

(29)

0.295

(7,5)

4.449

(113)

0.492

(12,5)

8.2689

(210)

7.874

(200)

10.157

(258)

0.591

(15)

28°

25°

OFF

5°

TRIPPED

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

129

02/2016

™

Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

Figure 18: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure

Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts

Table 101: Enclosure Dimensions

Circuit Breaker Rating

Circuit Breaker Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Ventilation Area

in. mm Top Bottom

≤800 A, 100% rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – –

≤1200 A, standard rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – –

>800 A, 100% rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75 1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7 16.5 in.210,645 mm216.5 in.210,645 mm2

7.87

7.83

4X Ø 0.26 4X Ø 0.26

(6,5)

7.87

7.83

4X Ø 0.26 4X Ø 0.26

(6,5) (6,5)

10.47

7.87

9.61

7.83

1.30 0.89

7.64

7.83

7.87

8.50

0.31 0.10

4.69

2.80

5.67

4.76 1.54

2.52

3.01

2.52

(2,5)

(199,0)

(194,0)

(8,0)

(216,0)

(200,0)

(33,0) (199,0)

(244,0)

(22,5)

(200,0)

(266,0)

(64,0)

(199,0)

(121,0) (39,0)

(144,0)

(200,0)

(76,5)

(71,0)

(199,0)

(64,0)

(119,0)

(200,0)

Accessory Cover Cutout Handle Cutout

(Toggle Mech Only)

Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout (Toggle Mech Only)

Handle Escutcheon Cutout

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

130

02/2016

™

Figure 19: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker ≤800 A

with Lugs on Both Ends

Figure 20: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker ≤800 A

with Lugs on Both Ends

12.86

2.492.50

(326,6)

(63,6) (63,3)

3.84

(97,6)

25°

5°

28°

Off

Tripped

4.45

(113,0)

0.30

0.49

(12,5)

(7,5)

8.27

(210,0)

Side View

8.27

2.762.76

(70,0)(70,0)

(210,0)

4.23

5.77

8.07

(107,5)

(146,5)

(205,0)

At Max

2.56

0.43

0.26

7.40

(188,0)

(64,9)

(6,5)

(11,0)

Back View

7.87

7.83

3.92 0.22

(5,5)

(99,5)

(199,0)

(200,0) 48096-320-01

Top View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

12.86

2.492.50

(326,6)

(63,6) (63,3)

3.84

(97,6)

25°

5°

28°

Off

Tripped

4.45

(113,0)

0.30

0.49

(12,5)

(7,5)

8.27

(210,0)

Side View

11.02

2.762.76

(70,0)(70,0)

(280,0)

4.23

5.77

8.07

(107,5)

(146,5)

(205,0)

At Max

2.56

0.43

0.26

7.40

(188,0)

(64,9)

(6,5)

(11,0)

(70,0)

2.76

Back View

7.87

10.59

3.92 0.22

(5,5)

(99,5)

(269,0)

(200,0)

48096-353-01

Top View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

131

02/2016

™

Figure 21: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker >800 A

with Lugs on Both Ends

Figure 22: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker >800 A

with Lugs on Both Ends

2.50 4.19

16.26 (63,6) (106,5)

(413,0)

3.84

(97,6)

4.00

(101,5)

5°

25°

28°

Tripped

Off

4.45

(113,0)

0.30

0.49

(7,5)

(12,5)

8.27

(210,0)

Side View

2.762.76

8.27

(70,0)(70,0)

(210,0)

4.23

5.77

8.07

(107,5)

(146,5)

(205,0)

2.56

0.43

0.26

7.40

(188,0)

(64,9)

(6,5)

(11,0)

At Max

Back View

3.92 0.22

7.83 (99,5) (5,5)

(199,0)

7.87

(200,0)

Top View

48096-321-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

2.50 4.19

16.26 (63,6) (106,5)

(413,0)

3.84

(97,6)

4.00

(101,5)

5°

25°

28°

Tripped

Off

4.45

(113,0)

0.30

0.49

(7,5)

(12,5)

8.27

(210,0)

Side View

2.762.76

11.02

(70,0)(70,0)

(280,0)

4.23

5.77

8.07

(107,5)

(146,5)

(205,0)

2.56

0.43

0.26

7.40

(188,0)

(64,9)

(6,5)

(11,0)

At Max

(70,0)

2.76

Back View

3.92 0.22

10.59

(99,5) (5,5)

(269,0)

7.87

(200,0)

Top View

48096-354-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

132

02/2016

™

Figure 23: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs

8.07

(205,0)

4.23

(107,5)

5.77

(146,5)

0.72

(18,3)

7.87

(200,0)

10.16

(258,0)

0.59

(15,0)

1.14

(29,0)

0.36

(9,1)

0.65

(16,5)

0.26

(6,5)

8.27

(2015,0)

2.76

(70,0)

2.76

(70,0)

0.43

(11,0)

2.56

(64,9)

7.40

(188,0)

3.92

(199,0)

0.22

(5,5)

7.83

(199,0)

0.43

(11,0)

1.73

(44,0)

0.98

(25,0)

0.37

(9,5)

0.21

(5,3)

0.41

(10,5)

0.67

(17,0)

1.40

(35,5)

0.49

(12,5)

0.30

(7,5)

8.27

(210,0)

2.30

(58,3)

2.49

(63,3)

2.50

(63,6)

12.86

(326,6)

4.45

(113,0)

3.84

(97,6)

2.11

(53,5)

1.86

(47,2)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

133

02/2016

™

Figure 24: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs

4.23

(107,5)

5.77

(146,5)

8.07

(205,0)

2.76

(70,0)

11.02

(280,0)

2.56

(64,9)

7.40

(188,0)

2.76

(70,0)

2.76

(70,0)

0.43

(11,0)

0.26

(6,5)

0.98

(25,0)

1.73

(44,0)

0.43

(11,0)

0.22

(5,5)

10.59

(269,0)

3.92

(99,5)

0.37

(9,5)

7.87

(200,0)

0.59

(15,0)

10.16

(258,0)

0.72

(18,3)

0.21

(5,3)

0.41

(10,5)

0.67

(17,0)

0.40

(35,5)

1.14

(29,0)

0.36

(9,1)

0.30

(7,5)

2.50

(63,6)

12.86

(326,6)

2.49

(63.6)

4.45

(113,0)

8.27

(210,0)

0.49

(12,5)

2.11

(53,5)

3.84

(97,6)

2.30

(58,3)

0.65

(16,5)

1.86

(47,2)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

134

02/2016

™

Figure 25: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P

Circuit Breaker ≤800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

Figure 26: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P

Circuit Breaker ≤800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

Side View

12.86

(326,6)

(63,3)

2.30

8.27

(7,5)

(210,0)

(58,3)

0.30

2.49

(11,0)

(67,6)

Back View

(188,0)

8.27

2.76 2.76

4.23

(70,0) (70,0)

(210,0)

6.91

(175,5)

(107,5)

7.17

(182,0)

2.66

7.40

0.43

Top View

(5,5)

48096-348-01

3.92

7.83

0.22

(99,5)

(199,0)

7.87

(200,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Side View

12.86

(326,6)

(63,3)

2.30

8.27

(7,5)

(210,0)

(58,3)

0.30

2.49

(11,0)

(67,6)

Back View

(188,0)

11.02

2.76 2.76

4.23

(70,0) (70,0)

(280,0)

6.91

(175,5)

(107,5)

7.17

(182,0)

2.66

7.40

0.43

(70,0)

2.76

Top View

(5,5)

48096-356-01

3.92

10.59

0.22

(99,5)

(269,0)

7.87

(200,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

135

02/2016

™

Figure 27: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P

Circuit Breaker >800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

Figure 28: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P

Circuit Breaker >800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

Side View

(413,0)

(101,5)

(106,5)

(7,5)

(210,0)

4.19

16.26

0.30

8.27

4.00

7.41

2.66 0.43

(210,0)

(67,6)

Back View

7.17

6.91

4.23

(182,0)

(188,0)

8.27

2.76 2.76

(70,0) (70,0)

(175,5)

(107,5)

(11,0)

7.87

(199,0)

7.83

3.92

Top View

0.22

(99,5) (5,5)

48096-249-01

(200,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Side View

(413,0)

(101,5)

(106,5)

(7,5)

(210,0)

4.19

16.26

0.30

8.27

4.00

7.41

2.66 0.43

(280,0)

(67,6)

Back View

7.17

6.91

4.23

(182,0)

(188,0)

11.02

2.76 2.76

(70,0) (70,0)

(175,5)

(107,5)

(11,0)

2.76

(70,0)

7.87

(269,0)

10.59

3.92

Top View

0.22

(99,5) (5,5)

48096-357-01

(200,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

136

02/2016

™

Figure 29: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P

Circuit Breaker without Lugs

2.49

12.86 (63,3)

(326,6)

2.30

8.27

0.30

(7,5)

(210,0)

(58,3)

2.76 2.76

8.27

(210,0)

(70,0) (70,0)

7.40

2.66

(188,0)

(67,6)

4.23

6.91

7.17

(107,5)

(175,5)

(182,0)

3.92

7.83

(99,5)

(199,0)

7.87

10.16

(200,0)

(258,0)

0.37

0.98

1.73

(44,0)

(25,0)

(9,5)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

0.22

(5,5)

0.59

(15,0)

0.21

0.67

0.41

0.36

1.40

(35,5)

1.14

0.72

(17,0)

(10,5)

(5,3)

(29,0)

(9,1)

(18,3)

Partial View A

(far side) scale1/1 Top View

Back View

Side View

48096-352-1

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

137

02/2016

™

Figure 30: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P

Circuit Breaker without Lugs

2.49

12.86 (63,3)

(326,6)

2.30

8.27

0.30

(7,5)

(210,0)

(58,3)

2.76 2.76

11.02

(280,0)

(70,0) (70,0)

7.40

2.66

(188,0)

(67,6)

4.23

6.91

7.17

(107,5)

(175,5)

(182,0)

3.92

10.59

(99,5)

(269,0)

7.87

10.16

(200,0)

(258,0)

0.37

0.98

1.73

(44,0)

(25,0)

(9,5)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

0.22

(5,5)

0.59

(15,0)

0.21

0.67

0.41

0.36

1.40

(35,5)

1.14

0.72

(17,0)

(10,5)

(5,3)

(29,0)

(9,1)

(18,3)

Partial View A

(far side) scale1/1

2.76

(70,0)

Top View

Back ViewSide View

48096-359-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

138

02/2016

™

Figure 31: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker with

Rotary Handle

12.86

2.49

2.11

1.86

2.30

8.27

7.68

0.30

(326,6)

(63,3)

(7,5)

(195,0)

(210,0)

(58,3)

(47,2)

(53,5)

2.762.76

8.27

(70,0)(70,0)

(210,0)

4.23

7.46

9.04

(147,0)

(175,8)

(223,5)

0.43

0.26

4.87

7.40

(11,0)

(6,5)

(123,6)

(188,0)

0.223.92

7.83

(5,5)(99,5)

(199,0)

Ø0.43

Ø6.31

(11,0)

(165,0)

0.99

4.88

7.87

10.16

0.37

0.98

1.73

(9,5)

(44,0) (25,0)

(25,1)

0.98

(25,0)

(258,0)

(200,0)

(121,5)

0.59

(15,0)

1.14

0.36

0.41

0.21

0.67

0.72

(9,1)

(29,0)

(35,5)

(5,3)

(10,5)

(17,0)

(18,3)

1.40

6.32

(104,0)

48096-351-01

Top View

Side View Back View

(far side) scale 1/1

Partial View A

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

139

02/2016

™

Figure 32: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker with

Rotary Handle

Figure 33: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout

12.86

2.49

2.11

1.86

2.30

8.27

7.68

0.30

(326,6)

(63,3)

(7,5)

(195,0)

(210,0)

(58,3)

(47,2)

(53,5)

2.762.76

11.02

(70,0)(70,0)

(280,0)

4.23

7.46

9.04

(160,5)

(189,5)

(229,5)

0.43

0.26

4.87

7.40

(11,0)

(6,5)

(123,6)

(188,0)

0.223.92

10.59

(5,5)(99,5)

(269,0)

Ø0.43

Ø6.31

(11,0)

(160,2)

0.99

4.88

7.87

10.16

0.37

0.98

1.73

(9,5)

(44,0) (25,0)

(25,1)

0.98

(25,0)

(258,0)

(200,0)

(124,1)

0.59

(15,0)

1.14

0.36

0.41

0.21

0.67

0.72

(9,1)

(29,0)

(35,5)

(5,3)

(10,5)

(17,0)

(18,3)

1.40

6.32

(107,5)

(70,0)

2.76

48096-358-01

Top View

Side View Back View

(far side) scale 1/1

Partial View A

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

10.19

(259)

11.88

(302)

5.13

(130)

12.03

(306)

7.17

(182)

9.02

(229)

4.27

(109) 10.15

(258)

19.21

(488)

10.15

(258)

6.31

(160)

10.19

(259)

9.02

(229)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

140

02/2016

™

Figure 34: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout

Figure 35: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout

5.13

(130) 11.88

(302)

12.03

(306)

7.17

(182)

10.19

(259)

11.76

(299)

4.27

(109) 10.15

(258)

10.19

(259)

10.15

(258)

6.31

(160)

11.76

(299)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

5.91

(150)

1.97

(50)

0.33

(9)

8.51

(216)

4.61

(117)

9.22

(234)

8.08

(205)

4.04

(103)

4.29

(109)

8.59

(218)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

141

02/2016

™

Figure 36: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout

Figure 37: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

Connectors

1.97

(50)

0.33

(8)

8.52

(216)

5.91

(150)

4.61

(117)

9.22

(234)

4.04

(103)

10.83

(275)

4.29

(109)

11.35

(288)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

1.79

(46)

2.62

(67)

6.86

(175)

0.63

(16)

11.19

(284)

1.73

(44)

5.91

(150)

2.95

(75)

0.45

(11)

0.75

(19)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

6.26

(159)

11.34

(288)

7.83

(199)

0.87

(22)

1.73

(44)

5.33

(135)

5.33

(135)

4.85

(123)

3.54

(90)

3.54

(90)

0.98

(25)

0.25

(6)

3.94

(100)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

142

02/2016

™

Figure 38: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

Connectors

1.79

(46)

11.19

(284)

9.11

(231)

0.63

(16)

6.86

(175)

2.62

(67)

0.87

(22)

6.32

(161)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

7.80

(198)

1.73

(44)

2.76

(70)

0.75

(19)

1.73

(44)

5.92

(150)

2.95

(75)

5.33

(135)

4.85

(123)

5.33

(135)

7.83

(199)

0.45

(11)

3.92

(100)

3.55

(90)

6.30

(160)

0.98

(25)

0.25

(6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

143

02/2016

™

Figure 39: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Front-Connected Flat

(FCF) Connectors

3.94

0.98

Ø0.33

3.54

(90,0) (90,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(8,5)

2.76 2.76

5.55 6.73

4.84 7.83

Ø0.43

0.98

0.49

1.73

0.87

5.046.34

2.95

5.91

(161,0) (128,0)

(70,0) (70,0)

(22,0) (44,0)

(25,0)

(75,0)

(150,0)

(12,5)

(199,0)(123,0)

(141,0) (171,0)

(11,0)

9.09

9.25

13.23

0.59

6.89

2.64

1.79

(336,0)

(15,0)

(175,0)

(67,0)

(45,5)

(231,0)

(235,0)

Min

Top View

Back View

48096-368-01

Side View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

144

02/2016

™

Figure 40: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Front-Connected Flat

(FCF) Connectors

3.94

6.30

3.54

0.98

Ø0.33

(90,0) (160,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(8,5)

2.76 2.76 2.76

6.735.51

4.84 7.83

2.95

5.91

0.49

0.98

1.73

0.87

6.34 7.80

(70,0) (70,0) (70,0)

(22,0)

(25,0)

(44,0)

(161,0) (198,0)

(123,0) (199,0)

(171,0)(140,0)

(12,5)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

9.09

9.25

0.59

13.23

1.79

6.89

2.64

(175,0)

(15,0)

(231,0)

(235,0) (45,5)

(67,0)

(336,0)

Min

Top View

Back View

48096-371-01

Side View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

145

02/2016

™

Figure 41: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical

(RCTV) Connectors

1.73

(44)

6.86

(175)

2.62

(67)

12.67

(322)

1.79

(46)

9.11

(231)

2.95

(75)

1.73

(44)

5.91

(150)

0.87

(22)

0.75

(19)

0.45

(11)

4.85

(123)

3.54

(90)

3.54

(90)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

5.06

(128)

6.32

(161)

7.83

(199)

0.98

(25)

3.54

(90)

3.54

(90)

0.25

(6)

0.37

(10)

3.94

(100)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

146

02/2016

™

Figure 42: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical

(RCTV) Connectors

1.73

(44)

12.67

(322)

9.11

(231)

1.79

(46)

2.62

(67)

6.86

(175)

8.99

(228)

0.75

(19)

1.73

(44)

0.87

(22)

4.50

(114)

0.45

(11)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

6.32

(161)

7.80

(198)

2.76

(70)

0.37

(10)

5.91

(150)

4.85

(123)

7.83

(199)

0.98

(25)

6.30

(160)

3.54

(90)

0.25

(6)

3.92

(100)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

147

02/2016

™

Figure 43: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”

Vertical (RCTV) Connectors

3.543.54

0.98

3.94

Ø0.33

0.59

(90,0) (90,0)

(15,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(8,5)

4.84

5.91

6.34 5.04

2.76 2.76

(123,0)

(150,0)

(70,0) (70,0)

(161,0) (128,0) 9.09

10.55

1.81

2.64

6.89

0.98

1.73 0.87

0.51

1.97

Ø0.43

(175,0)

(67,0)

(50,0)

(13,0)

(231,0) (46,0)

(268,0)

(11,0)

(22,0)

(25,0)

(44,0)

(13,0)

Min

Top View

Side View

48096-366-01

Back View

8.98

(228,0)

4.49

(114,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

148

02/2016

™

Figure 44: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”

Vertical (RCTV) Connectors

3.94

0.98

6.30

3.54

Ø0.33

0.59

(90,0) (160,0)

(15,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(8,5)

2.76 2.76 2.76

5.91

4.84 7.83

6.34 7.80

(150,0)

(199,0)

(123,0)

(70,0) (70,0) (70,0)

(161,0) (198,0)

0.98

1.73

0.87

0.49

1.93

8.98

4.49

10.53

9.09

1.79

2.64

6.89

(175,0)

(67,0)

(49,0)

(12,5)

(231,0)

(267,0) (45,5)

(228,0)

(114,0)

(44,0)

(25,0)

(22,0)

Min

Ø0.43

(11,0)

Top View

Back View

48096-369-01

Side View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

149

02/2016

™

Figure 45: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal

(RCTH) Connectors

4.48

(114,0)

8.90

(228,0)

3.56

(90)

9.11

(231)

12.64

(321)

0.37

(10)

6.86

(175)

2.62

(67)

1.79

(46)

5.91

(150)

2.95

(75)

5.06

(128)

6.32

(161)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

7.83

(199)

4.85

(123)

0.45

(11)

3.54

(90)

3.54

(90)

1.73

(44)

0.98

(25)

0.25

(6)

0.75

(19)

0.87

(22)

3.94

(100)

1.73

(44)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

150

02/2016

™

Figure 46: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal

(RCTH) Connectors

0.37

(10)

6.86

(175)

2.62

(67)

12.67

(322)

9.11

(231)

1.79

(46)

4.50

(114)

8.99

(228,0)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

2.76

(70)

7.80

(198)

6.32

(161)

4.85

(123)

7.83

(199)

5.92

(150)

296

(75)

1.73

(44)

0.87

(22)

0.75

(19)

0.98

(25)

0.25

(6)

6.30

(160)

3.54

(90)

0.45

(11)

3.92

(100)

1.73

(44)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

151

02/2016

™

Figure 47: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”

Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors

3.94

0.98

3.54

0.98

0.51

0.87 1.73

Ø0.43

(90,0) (90,0)

(25,0)

(22,0)

(44,0)

(11,0)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(13,0)

Ø0.33

(8,5)

4.84 7.83

2.95

5.91

6.34 5.04

2.76 2.76

(75,0)

(150,0)

(199,0)

(123,0)

(161,0) (128,0)

(70,0) (70,0) 9.09

10.55

1.79

4.49

8.98

0.59

1.93 2.64

6.89 Min

(67,0)

(49,0)

(231,0)

(268,0)

(45,5)

(228,0)

(15,0)

(114,0)

(175,0)

Top View

Back View Side View

48096-367-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

152

02/2016

™

Figure 48: NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”

Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors

Figure 49: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers

3.94

0.98

6.30

3.54

Ø0.33

0.49

0.87 0.98

1.73

Ø0.43

(90,0) (160,0)

(22,0) (25,0)

(44,0)

(12,5)

(25,0)

(100,0)

(8,5)

(11,0)

2.762.762.76

4.84 7.83

6.34 7.80

2.95

5.91

(70,0) (70,0) (70,0)

(161,0) (198,0)

(123,0) (199,0)

(75,0)

(150,0)

8.98

9.09

10.53

0.59

4.49

1.93 2.64

6.89

1.79

(228,0)

(15,0)

(49,0)

(175,0)

(67,0)

(231,0)

(267,5) (45,5)

(114,0)

Min

Top View

Back View Side View

48096-370-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

1.38

(34,9)

0.56

(14,2)

0.62

(15,7)

8.20

(208,3)

6.95

(176,5) 0.94

(23,7)

3.00

(76,2)

5.04

(127,9)

5.38

(136,7)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

153

02/2016

™

Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Figure 50: R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 3P Circuit Breaker

Circuit Breaker

1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

3000 A

"A"

0.50 in. (12.8 mm)

0.63 in. (16 mm)

0.79 in. (20 mm)

See Table

(210,0)

(248,8)

(12,6)

(113,0)

(6,0)

(7,5)

(30,0)

(11,0)

(6,9)

(139,6)

(339,8)

(163,0)

(38,6)

(119,3)

(18,3)

(131,8)

(168,5)

(222,3)

(368,0)

(15,9)(150,0) (115,5)

(381,1)

(44,5)

(115,0)

(11,0)

(15,8)

(44,5)(115,0)

(22,3)

(390,0)

(14,5

(195,0) (15,0)

(76,0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Minimum Enclosure Size

30 x 21 x 7

(762 x 533 x 178)

Minimum Ventilation

(100% Rated Circuit Breakers Only):

40.25 in.2 (250 cm2) on top and bottom of enclosure

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

154

02/2016

™

Figure 51: R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 4P Circuit Breaker

1.52

(38,6)

0.24

(6,0)

0.30

(7,5)

1.18

(30,0)

25Û Off

28Û On

4Û Tripped

9.79

(248,8)

4.45

(113,0)

8.27

(210,0)

0.49

(12,6)

5.19

(131,8)

6.63

(168,5)

8.75

(222,3)

Handle

Extended

Handle

Folded

14.49

(368,0)

At Max

R6.42

Handle

Folded

(163,0)

5.50

(139,6)

13.38

(339,8)

0.43

0.27

(11,0)

(6,9)

7.68

(195,0)

19.88

(505,0)

0.59

(15,0)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

5.91

(150,0)

See Table

"A"

(119,3)

4.70

(18,3)

.72

0.62

(15.7)

4.53

(115.0)

4.53

(115.0)

15.00

(381.1)

4.55

(115.5)

4.53

(115.0)

0.62

(15.8)

0.88

(22.2)

1.75

(44.5)

Ø0.57

(Ø14.5)

1.75

(44.5)

2.99

(76.0)

48096-450-01

Top View

Back ViewSide View

Circuit Breaker "A"

1600 A 0.50 in. (12.8 mm)

2000 A 0.63 in. (16.0 mm)

2500 A 0.79 in. (20.0 mm)

3000 A 0.79 in. (20.0 mm)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

155

02/2016

™

Figure 52: NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated, 3P Circuit Breaker

0.72

4.70

(18,3)

(119,3)

0.24

(6,0)

0.30

(7,5)

1.18

(30,0)

4° Tripped

25° Off

4.45

(113,0)

1.52

(38,6)

0.79

(20,0)

9.79

(248,8)

0.49

8.27

(210,0)

(12,6)

28° On

5.19

(131,8)

6.63

(168,5)

8.75

(222,3)

14.49

(368,0)

R 6.42

(163,0)

Handle

Folded

5.50

(139,6)

13.38

(339,8)

0.43

(11,0)

0.27

(6,9)

Handle

Extended

Handle

Folded

At Max

0.59

(15,0)

7.68

(195,0)

15.35

(390,0)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

Ø0.49

(12,5)

0.51

2.99

(13,0)

(76,0)

0.98

1.97

(50,0)

(25,0)

0.59

(15,0)

2.95

(75,0)

5.91

(150,0)

11.81

(300,0)

4.534.53 (115,0)(115,0)

48096-209-01

Top View

Back ViewSide View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

156

02/2016

™

Figure 53: NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated 4P Circuit Breaker

1.52

0.79

.72

4.70

(38,6)

(119,3)

(18,3)

(20,0)

0.24

(6,0)

0.30

(7,5)

1.18

(30,0)

25° Off

28° On

4° Tripped

9.79

(248,8)

4.45

(113,0)

8.27

(210,0)

0.49

(12,6)

5.19

(131,8)

6.63

(168,5)

8.75

(222,3)

Handle

Extended

Handle

Folded

14.49

(368,0)

At Max

R6.42

Handle

Folded

(163,0)

5.50

(139,6)

13.38

(339,8)

0.43

0.27

(11,0)

(6,9)

4.534.53 4.53

(115,0) (115,0) (115,0)

7.68

(195,0)

19.88

(505,0)

0.59

(15,0)

Ø0.49

(12,5)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

0.51

(13,0)

2.99

(76,0)

0.98

1.97

(25,0)

(50,0)

0.59

(15,0)

2.95

(75,0)

5.91

(150,0)

11.81

(300,0)

48096-245-01

Top View

Back ViewSide View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

157

02/2016

™

Figure 54: R-Frame RLTB 3P Terminal Pad (UL)

0.79

(20,0)

9.40

(238,9)

18.16

(461,2)

2.50

(63,5)

5.00

(127,0)

7.05

(178,9)

3.50

(88,9)

4.53

(115,0)

3.50 4.53 3.50

(88,9) (115,0) (88,9)

20.99

(533,2)

0.72

(18,3)

2.11

(53,6)

4.53

(115,0)

5.91

(150,0)

4.55

(115,5)

0.62

(15,9)

15.35

(390,0)

Side View Back View

Top View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

158

02/2016

™

Figure 55: R-Frame RL3TB 3P Terminal Pad (UL)

18.16

(461,2)

0.79

(20,0)

9.40

(238,9)

10.05

(255,3)

4.00

(101,8)

8.00

(127,0)

3.50

(55,9)

1.06

(26,92)

3.50

(88,9)

4.53

(115,0)

21.67

(550,4)

4.53

(115,0)

3.50

(88,90)

0.62

(15,9)

4.55

(115,5)

6.03

(153,1)

5.91

(150,0)

15.35

(390,0)

2.11

(53,6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

159

02/2016

™

Figure 56: R-Frame RLTB 4P Terminal Pad (UL)

0.79

(20,0)

9.40

(238,9)

18.16

(461,2)

2.50

(63,5)

5.00

(127,0)

7.05

(178,9)

3.50

(88,9)

4.53

(115,0)

3.50 4.53 3.50

(88,9) (115,0) (88,9)

29.02

(737,1)

0.72

(18,3)

2.11

(53,6)

4.53

(115,0)

5.91

(150,0)

4.55

(115,5)

0.62

(15,9)

19.88

(505,0)

4.533.50

(88,9) (115,0)

Side View Back View

Top View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

160

02/2016

™

Figure 57: R-Frame RL3TB 4P Terminal Pad (UL)

3.50

(88,9)

4.53

(115,0)

1.06

(26,92)

3.50

(88,9)

4.53

(115,0)

3.50

(88,9)

29.70

(754,38)

4.53

(115,0)

3.50

(88,9)

0.79

(20,0)

18.16

(461,2)

9.40

(238,9)

10.05

(255,3)

8.00

(127,0)

4.00

(101,6)

6.03

(153,1)

4.55

(115,5)

0.62

(15,8)

5.91

(150,0)

19.88

(505,0)

2.11

(53,6)

18.0

(457,33)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

161

02/2016

™

Figure 58: NS1600b–NS3200 RLTBE Terminal Pad (IEC)

0.72

1.05

2.46

0.49

0.98

1.97

2.95

3.94

(12,5)

(25,0)

(50,0)

(75,0)

(100,0)

(62,5)

(26,7)

(18,3)

10.39

(264,0)

4.53

6.10 4.53

0.39

(115,0)(155,0)

(115,0)

(10,0)

TYP

(13,0)

(25,0)

(50,0)

3.15

2.17 (80,0)

(55,0)

(35,0)

1.38

4.92 5.91

(150,0)

(125,0)

2.95 0.59

(75,0) (15,0)

19.88

(505,0)

M 10

0.51

0.98

1.97

15.35

(390,0)

4 Pole

3 Pole

Side View

Top View

Back View

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

162

02/2016

™

Figure 59: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts

Figure 60: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers

Ø0.43

(11,0)

15.35 3-pole

19.88

(505,0) 4-pole

5.91

15.35

(390,0) 3-pole

19.88

(505,0) 4-pole

Ø0.43

(11,0)

Ø0.43

(11,0)

15.35

(390,0) 3-pole

5.91

13.62 0.87

8.50

1.30

2.30

10.51

15.63 0.14

(346,0) (22,0)

(33,0)

(216,0)

(150,0)

(390,0)

(58,5)

(3,5)

(397,0)

(267,0)

(150,0)

5.75 4.80

0.80

4.69

5.91

(146,0) (122,0)

(20,4)

(119,0)

(150,0)

Accessory Cover Cutout

Handle Cutout

Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

6.39

(162)

4.92

(125)

2.00

(51)

0.75

(19)

3.00

(76)

8.10

(206)

6.85

(174)

0.56

(14)

1.75

(44)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings

163

02/2016

™

Figure 61: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2000 A External Neutral Current Transformers

Figure 62: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2500–3200 A External Neutral Current

Transformers

8.10

(206)

6.39

(162)

4.00

(102)

1.75

(44)

6.85

(174)

0.56

(14)

0.75

(19)

2.00

(51)

4.92

(125)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

0.56

(14)

4.92

(125)

2.00

(51)

10.35

(263)

1.75

(44)

6.85

(174)

6.39

(162)

0.75

(19)

11.60

(295)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

164

02/2016

™

Section 12—Accessory Dimensional Drawings

Accessory Dimensions

Figure 63: IFE Ethernet Interface

Figure 64: I/O (Input/Output) Application Module

ETH1 ETH2

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus-

LV4

011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Status

IFE

FE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

2.83

(72)

2.80

(71)

2.50

(63,6)

1.77

(45)3.34

(84,8)

3.62

(92) 4.13

(105)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

O1 O2 O3 A1

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

I1 A1

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

24VDC

LV434063

2.83

(72)

3.62

(92)

2.50

(63,6)

1.77

(45) 3.34

(84,8)

4.53

(115)

2.80

(71)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

165

02/2016

™

Figure 65: IFM Modbus-SL Interface

Figure 66: FDM121 Switchboard Display Dimensions

Figure 67: FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting Through Panel

0.71

(18)

3.62

(92)

1.77

(45) 3.35

(85)

4.13

(105)

2.60

(66)

2.87

(73)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

3.78

(96)

3.78

(96)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

0.81

(20,7)

0.42

(10,6) 0.91

(23)

3.62+0.03/-0

(92+0.8/-0)

3.62+0.03/-0

(92+0.8/-0)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

166

02/2016

™

Figure 68: FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting On Panel

Figure 69: FDM128 Switchboard Display Dimensions

0.59

(15)

1.46

(37)

99.3

2 Ø

0.75

(19)

1.26+/-0.02

(32+/-0.5)

3.91

(99,3)

0.65

(16,5)

0.89

(22,5)

0.51

(13)

0.67

(17)

0.79

(20)

1.30

(99.3)

3.91+/-0.06

(33+/-1.5)

0.23+/-0.01

(22,5+/-0,3)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

5.08

(129)

6.42

(163)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

167

02/2016

™

Figure 70: FDM128 Switchboard Display Mounting on Panel

(1.5–6)

1.54

(39)

0.69

(17.5)

1.20

(30.6)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

0.89+0/-0.01

(22,4+0/-0,30)

1.18+0/-0.008

(30+0/-0,20)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

168

02/2016

™

Figure 71: Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Communication

A. FDM121 (TRV00121) E. IO application module (LV434063) I. ULP termination (TRV00880)

J. FDM128 (LV434128)

B. IFE master (LV434011)

C. IFE (LV434010)

D. IFM (TRV00210)

F. Masterpact NT/NW

G. PowerPact P/R

H. PowerPact H/J/L

H H

I1 I2 I5 I6

14 23 24 T1 T2

O2 A1

IO Module

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

I1 I2 I3 I5 I6

14 23 24 T1 T2

O2 A1

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I6

I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

O2 O3 A1

IO Module

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

Modbus

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

24 V DC

K. ULP cable

L. Circuit breaker ULP cord

M. NSX cord

Ethernet

AAA

CKI

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

169

02/2016

™

Figure 72: Fixed Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Connection to the Communication Interface

Module

IFM

Modbus-SL

D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / Tx-

D1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+

ULP Termination

External power supply

24 V DC

External power supply

24 V DC

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

IFE

Ethernet

ULP Termination

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red

Breaker ULP

cord

ULP cable

Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

Customer terminal block

White

Color

Red E1

Black E2

White E5

Blue E6

24 V

0 V

FDM121

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

170

02/2016

™

Figure 73: Drawout Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Connection to the I/O and Communication

Interface Module

24VDC

application

module

Color

Red E1

Black E2

White E5

Blue E6

24 V

0 V

B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

A / Tx- D0

0 V

24 V

Red Black Blue

E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

White

Breaker ULP

cord

Customer terminal block

ETH1 ETH2

24VDC

IFM IFE

EthernetModbus-SL

24 V DC24 V DC

ULP cable

ULP Termination ULP Termination

FDM121

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

171

02/2016

™

Section 13—Trip Curves

Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET 1.0I, M-Frame 800 A Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

2 x 3 x 4 x 6 x 8 x 10 x

5 x

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-14

Long-time Pickup and Delay

Instantaneous Pickup and Delay

2x–10x

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

172

02/2016

™

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I P- and R-Frame Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

1.5 x

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

LONG-TIME

PICKUP

LONG-TIME

DELAY

5 x

10 x

2 x 3 x 4 x 6 x 8 x 12 x

ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0I

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-12

Long-time Pickup and Fixed Delay

Instantaneous Pickup

1.5x-12x

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

173

02/2016

™

Micrologic 2.0A NS630b–NS3200 Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir

(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

2.51. 5 2

LONG-TIME PICKUP

x In = Ir

LONG-TIME

DELAY BANDS

SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

SHORT-TIME

PICKUP

x Ir

MICROLOGIC®2.0 A TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-9

Long-time Pickup and Delay

Short-time Pickup with No Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

short-time setting.

3. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

4. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-9

Long-Time Pickup and Delay

Short-Time Pickup with No Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can

act to shorten the long-time delay. The

thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a

current above the long-time delay pickup

value exists for a time and then is cleared by

the tripping of a downstream device or the

circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload

will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a

shorter time than normal. The amount of

time delay reduction is inverse to the amount

of time that has elapsed since the previous

overload. Approximately twenty minutes is

required between overloads to completely

reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

short-time setting.

3. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of

current.

4. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

174

02/2016

™

Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir

(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

LONG-TIME PICKUP

x In = Ir

LONG-TIME DELAY

SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

MICROLOGIC®3.0 A TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-6

Long-time Pickup and Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can ac

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exist

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction i

inverse to the amount of time that has elapse

since the previous overload. Approximately 2

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

instantaneous setting.

3. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

4. See 613-8 for instantaneous pickup trip curv

Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-6

Long-Time Pickup and Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can

act to shorten the long-time delay. The

thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a

current above the long-time delay pickup

value exists for a time and then is cleared

by the tripping of a downstream device or

the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent

overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip

in a shorter time than normal. The amount

of time delay reduction is inverse to the

amount of time that has elapsed since the

previous overload. Approximately twenty

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

instantaneous setting of the circuit breaker.

3. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of

current.

4. See trip curve 613-8 on page 175 for

instantaneous pickup trip curve.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

175

02/2016

™

Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

1.5 x

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

5 x 10 x

2 x 3 x 4 x 6 x 8 x 12 x

MICROLOGIC®3.0 A TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-8

Instantaneous Pickup

1.5x-12x

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than indicated

Contact your local Sales Office for additional

information.

4. See 613-6 for long-time pickup and delay trip

curves.

Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-8

Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +10°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than

indicated. Contact your local sales office for

additional information.

4. See trip curve 613-6 on page 174 for long-

time pickup and delay trip curves.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

176

02/2016

™

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir

(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

2.51. 5 2

0.4 OFF

0.3 OFF

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

LONG-TIME PICKUP

x In = Ir

LONG-TIME

DELAY BANDS

SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

MAXIMUM

UNRESTRAINED

SHORT-TIME

DELAY

SHORT-TIME

DELAY I2t OFF

(FIXED-TIME DELAY)

SECONDS AT 10 x Ir

SHORT-TIME

PICKUP

x Ir

MICROLOGIC®5.0/6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-4

Long-time Pickup and Delay

Short-time Pickup and I2t OFF Delay

The time-current curve information is to be use

for application and coordination purposes only

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can ac

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exis

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction

inverse to the amount of time that has elaps

since the previous overload. Approximately 2

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

3. With zone-selective interlocking on, short-tim

delay utilized and no restraining signal, the

maximum unrestrained short-time delay time

band applies regardless of the setting.

4. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneou

can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for

instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for

instantaneous override values.

6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-4

Long-Time Pickup and Delay

Short-Time Pickup and I2t OFF Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping

of a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction

is inverse to the amount of time that has

elapsed since the previous overload.

Approximately twenty minutes is required

between overloads to completely reset

thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, short-

time delay utilized, and no restraining signal,

the maximum unrestrained short-time delay

time band applies regardless of the setting.

4. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous

can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on

page 178 for instantaneous trip curve. See

table on page 182 for instantaneous override

values.

6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

177

02/2016

™

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip

Curve

1.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir

(I LONG TIME SETTING I )

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

2.52

345

68101. 5

0.4 ON

0.2 ON

0.3 ON

0.1 ON

0.3 ON

0.2 ON

0.1 ON

SHORT-TIME

DELAY I2t ON

SECONDS AT 10 x Ir

SHORT-TIME

PICKUP

x Ir

MAXIMUM

UNRESTRAINED

SHORT-TIME

DELAY

MICROLOGIC®5.0/6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-5

Short-time Pickup and I2t ON Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping o

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

3. With zone-selective interlocking on, short-time

delay utilized and no restraining signal, the

maximum unrestrained short-time delay time

band applies regardless of the setting.

4. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous

can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for

instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for

instantaneous override values.

6. See 613-4 for long-time pickup and delay trip

curve.

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-5

Short-Time Pickup and I2t ON Delay

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately

twenty minutes is required between overloads

to completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, short-

time delay utilized, and no restraining signal,

the maximum unrestrained short-time delay

time band applies regardless of the setting.

4. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of current.

5. For withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous

can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on

page 178 for instantaneous trip curve. See

table on page 182 for instantaneous override

values.

6. See Trip Curve 613-4 on page 176 for long-

time pickup and delay trip curve.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

178

02/2016

™

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip

Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

10 x

2 x 3 x 4 x 6 x 8 x 12 x 15 x

MICROLOGIC®5.0/6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-7

Instantaneous Pickup

2x–15x and OFF

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than indicated

Contact your local Sales Office for additional

information.

4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous

can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for

instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for

instantaneous override values.

5. See 613-4 and 613-5 for long-time pickup,

long-time delay, short-time pickup, and short-

time delay trip curves.

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 Trip Units

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-7

Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 15X and OFF

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C

(-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than

indicated. Contact your local sales office for

additional information.

4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous

can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on

page 178 for the instantaneous trip curve. See

table on page 182 for the instantaneous

override values.

5. See trip curve 613-4 on page 176 and trip

curve 613-5 on page 177 for long-time pickup,

long-time delay, short-time pickup and short-

time delay trip curves.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

179

02/2016

™

Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable

Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve

.15

.1 .1

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

1.5

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

0.4 ON

0.3 ON

0.2 ON

0.1 ON

0.4 OFF

0.3 OFF

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t ON

GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP

x In

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t OFF

(FIXED DELAY)

DELAY

SECONDS AT 1 x In

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

MAXIMUM

UNRESTRAINED

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY

0.5 0.7 0.9

0.4

0.6 0.8 1.0

0.3

MICROLOGIC®6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

WITH ADJUSTABLE GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP AND DELAY

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-1

Ground-fault I2t OFF and ON

In ≤ 400 A

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and

Delay

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-1

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON

In ≤ 400 A

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

180

02/2016

™

Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable

Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve

.15

.1 .1

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

1.5

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

0.2

0.2 ON

0.4 ON

0.3 ON

0.1 ON

0.4 OFF

0.3 OFF

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t ON

GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP

x In

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t OFF

(FIXED DELAY)

DELAY

SECONDS AT 1 x In

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

MAXIMUM

UNRESTRAINED

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY

0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9

0.4 0.6 0.8 1. 0

MICROLOGIC®6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

WITH ADJUSTABLE GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP AND DELAY

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-2

Ground-fault I2t OFF and ON

400 A < In ≤ 1200 A

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and

Delay

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-2

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON

400 A < In ≤ 1200 A

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

181

02/2016

™

Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable

Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve

.15

.1 .1

AMPERES x 103

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

1.5

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

0.1 ON

0.3 ON

0.4 ON

0.2 ON

0.4 OFF

500 A

720 A

1040 A

1200 A

880 A

640 A

800 A

960 A

1120 A

0.3 OFF

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t ON

GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP

x In

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY BANDS

I2t OFF

(FIXED DELAY)

DELAY

SECONDS AT 1 x In

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

MAXIMUM

UNRESTRAINED

GROUND-FAULT

DELAY

MICROLOGIC®6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT

WITH ADJUSTABLE GROUND-FAULT

PICKUP AND DELAY

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-3

Ground-fault I2t OFF and ON

In > 1200 A

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and

Delay

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-3

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON

In > 1200 A

The time-current curve information is to be used for

application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158F) ambient temperature.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

182

02/2016

™

Table 102: Instantaneous Override Values Characteristic Trip Curve

UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override

(kA Peak)

1Faults at or above instantaneous override value will be cleared at 25 msec or less.

2 Test X/R=4.9; divide by 2.1 for nominal RMS

UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override

(kA Peak)

RG 600 130 ± 10% MG300 20 ± 15%

RG 800 130 ± 10% MG350 20 ± 15%

RG 1000 130 ± 10% MG400 20 ± 15%

RG 1200 130 ± 10% MG450 20 ± 15%

RG 1600 130 ± 10% MG500 20 ± 15%

RG 2000 130 ± 10% MG600 20 ± 15%

RG 2500 130 ± 10% MG700 20 ± 15%

RJ 600 90 ± 15% MG800 20 ± 15%

RJ 800 90 ± 15% MJ300 20 ± 15%

RJ 1000 90 ± 15% MJ350 20 ± 15%

RJ 1200 90 ± 15% MJ400 20 ± 15%

RJ 1600 90 ± 15% MJ450 20 ± 15%

RJ 2000 90 ± 15% MJ500 20 ± 15%

RJ 2500 90 ± 15% MJ600 20 ± 15%

RK 600 130 ± 10% MJ700 20 ± 15%

RK 800 130 ± 10% MJ800 20 ± 15%

RK 1000 130 ± 10%

IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override

(kA Peak)

RK 1200 130 ± 10%

RK 1600 130 ± 10%

RK 2000 130 ± 10% NS 800bN 130 ± 10%

RK 2500 130 ± 10% NS1000bN 130 ± 10%

RL 600 90 ± 15% NS1250bN 130 ± 10%

RL 800 90 ± 15% NS1600bN 130 ± 10%

RL 1000 90 ± 15% NS2000N 130 ± 10%

RL 1200 90 ± 15% NS2500N 90 ± 15%

RL 1600 90 ± 15% NS 3200N 90 ± 15%

RL 2000 90 ± 15% NS 800bH 90 ± 15%

RL 2500 90 ± 15% NS1000bH 90± 15%

PG 250 55 ± 10% NS1250bH 55 ± 10%

PG 400 55 ± 10% NS1600bH 55 ± 10%

PG 600 55 ± 10% NS2000H 55 ± 10%

PG 800 55 ± 10% NS2500H 55 ± 10%

PG 1000 55 ± 10% NS3200H 55 ± 10%

PG 1200 55 ± 10% NS630bN 55 ± 10%

PJ 250 15 ± 10% NS800N 55 ± 10%

PJ 400 22 ± 10% NS1000N 55 ± 10%

PJ 600 22 ± 10% NS1250N 55 ± 10%

PJ 800 22 ± 10% NS1600N 55 ± 10%

PJ 1000 22 ± 10% NS630bH 55 ± 10%

PJ 1200 22 ± 10% NS800H 55 ± 10%

PK 250 55 ± 10% NS1000H 55 ± 10%

PK 400 55 ± 10% NS1250H 55 ± 10%

PK 600 55 ± 10% NS1600H 55 ± 10%

PK 800 55 ± 10% NS630bL 55 ± 10%

PK 1000 55 ± 10% NS800L 55 ± 10%

PK 1200 55 ± 10% NS1000L 55 ± 10%

PL 250 20 ± 10% NS1250L 55 ± 10%

PL 400 22 ± 10% NS1600L 55 ± 10%

PL 600 22 ± 10%

PL 800 22 ± 10%

PL 1000 22 ± 10%

PL 1200 22 ± 10%

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

183

02/2016

™

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, P-Frame 600 A MDP Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

4 x

5.5 x2.5 x 10.5 x

13.5 x8 x

6.5 x

16 x

2 x

600 A ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0M

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-13

Instantaneous Pickup

2x-16x

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than indicate

Contact your local Sales Office for additional

information.

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, 600 A

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-13

Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 16X

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on page

182.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of

current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than

indicated. Contact your local sales office for

additional information.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

Section 13—Trip Curves

184

02/2016

™

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M P-Frame 800–1200A MCP Characteristic Trip Curve

1.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

1 CYCLE

150

1.5 x

INSTANTANEOUS

PICKUP

x In

5 x 10 x

2 x 3 x 4 x 6 x 8 x 12 x

ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0M

800 A–1200 A

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-11

Instantaneous Pickup

1.5x-12x

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on

613-10.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than indicate

Contact your local Sales Office for additional

information.

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M

800 A–1200 A

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-11

Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C

(-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature.

Instantaneous override values are given on page

182.

Notes:

1. The end of the curve is determined by the

interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of current.

3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve

shows maximum total clearing times. Actual

clearing times in this region can vary

depending on the circuit breaker mechanism

design and other factors. The actual clearing

time can be considerably faster than

indicated. Contact your local sales office for

additional information.

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

185

02/2016

™

Section 14—Catalog Numbers

685823 ........................... 111

685824 ........................... 111

685825 ........................... 111

685826 ........................... 111

685827 ........................... 111

685829 ........................... 111

AL1200P24K .................. 114

AL1200P24K .................. 118

AL1200P25K .................. 114

AL1200P6KU ................. 114

AL1200P7KU ................. 114

AL1200R53K ................. 114

AL1200R53K ................. 118

AL2500RK ..................... 114

AL800M23K ................... 114

AL800P6K ...................... 114

AL800P7K ...................... 114

CU1200P24K ................. 115

CU1200P25K ................. 115

CU1200R53K ................. 115

CU250P1K ..................... 115

CU800M23K .................. 115

CYA1200R5 ................... 115

CYA1200R7 ................... 115

CYA400P5 ..................... 115

CYA600P5 ..................... 115

CYA800R7 ..................... 115

LCP48 ............................ 116

LHP48 ............................ 116

LHP8 .............................. 116

LS10 .............................. 116

LS8 ................................ 116

LW1 ............................... 116

LW4 ............................... 116

LW7 ............................... 116

MGA263002 ..................... 70

MGA263502 ..................... 70

MGA264002 ..................... 70

MGA264502 ..................... 70

MGA265002 ..................... 70

MGA266002 ..................... 70

MGA267002 ..................... 70

MGA268002 ..................... 70

MGA36300 ....................... 70

MGA36350 ....................... 70

MGA36400 ....................... 70

MGA36450 ....................... 70

MGA36500 ....................... 70

MGA36600 ....................... 70

MGA36700 ....................... 70

MGA36800 ....................... 70

MGL26300 ....................... 70

MGL26350 ....................... 70

MGL26400 ....................... 70

MGL26450 ....................... 70

MGL26500 ....................... 70

MGL26600 ....................... 70

MGL26700 ....................... 70

MGL26800 ....................... 70

MGL36300 ....................... 70

MGL36350 ....................... 70

MGL36400 ....................... 70

MGL36450 ....................... 70

MGL36500 ....................... 70

MGL36600 ....................... 70

MGL36700 ....................... 70

MGL36800 ....................... 70

MICROTUSEAL .............106

MJA263002 ...................... 70

MJA263502 ...................... 70

MJA264002 ...................... 70

MJA264502 ...................... 70

MJA265002 ...................... 70

MJA266002 ...................... 70

MJA267002 ...................... 70

MJA268002 ...................... 70

MJA36300 ........................ 70

MJA36350 ........................ 70

MJA36400 ........................ 70

MJA36450 ........................ 70

MJA36500 ........................ 70

MJA36600 ........................ 70

MJA36700 ........................ 70

MJA36800 ........................ 70

MJL26300 ........................ 70

MJL26350 ........................ 70

MJL26400 ........................ 70

MJL26450 ........................ 70

MJL26500 ........................ 70

MJL26600 ........................ 70

MJL26700 ........................ 70

MJL26800 ........................ 70

MJL36300 ........................ 70

MJL36350 ........................ 70

MJL36400 ........................ 70

MJL36450 ........................ 70

MJL36500 ........................ 70

MJL36600 ........................ 70

MJL36700 ........................ 70

MJL36800 ........................ 70

MPRPAF ........................118

NCTWIRING ..................107

NPHFE36160U32R .........94

NPHFE36160U33R .........94

NPHFE36160U42R .........94

NPHFE36160U43R .........94

NPHFE36160U44R .........94

NPHFE36160U63RE1 .....94

NPHFE36160U64RE1 .....94

NPHFE36160U73RE1 .....94

NPHFE36160U74RE1 .....94

NPHLE36063U32R .......... 94

NPHLE36063U33R .......... 94

NPHLE36063U42R .......... 94

NPHLE36063U43R .......... 94

NPHLE36063U44R .......... 94

NPHLE36063U63RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36063U64RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36063U73RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36063U74RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36080U32R .......... 94

NPHLE36080U33R .......... 94

NPHLE36080U42R .......... 94

NPHLE36080U43R .......... 94

NPHLE36080U44R .......... 94

NPHLE36080U63RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36080U64RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36080U73RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36080U74RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36100U32R .......... 94

NPHLE36100U33R .......... 94

NPHLE36100U42R .......... 94

NPHLE36100U43R .......... 94

NPHLE36100U44R .......... 94

NPHLE36100U63RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36100U64RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36100U73RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36100U74RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36125U32R .......... 94

NPHLE36125U42R .......... 94

NPHLE36125U43R .......... 94

NPHLE36125U44R .......... 94

NPHLE36125U63RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36125U64RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36125U73RE1 ..... 94

NPHLE36125U74RE1 ..... 94

NPLLE34063U32R .......... 94

NPLLE34063U33R .......... 94

NPLLE34063U42R .......... 94

NPLLE34063U43R .......... 94

NPLLE34063U44R .......... 94

NPLLE34063U63RE1 ......94

NPLLE34063U64RE1 ......94

NPLLE34063U73RE1 ......94

NPLLE34063U74RE1 ......94

NPLLE34080U32R .......... 94

NPLLE34080U33R .......... 94

NPLLE34080U42R .......... 94

NPLLE34080U43R .......... 94

NPLLE34080U44R .......... 94

NPLLE34080U63RE1 ......94

NPLLE34080U64RE1 ......94

NPLLE34080U73RE1 ......94

NPLLE34080U74RE1 ......94

NPLLE34100U32R .......... 94

NPLLE34100U33R .......... 94

NPLLE34100U42R .......... 94

NPLLE34100U43R .......... 94

NPLLE34100U44R .......... 94

NPLLE34100U63RE1 ......94

NPLLE34100U64RE1 ......94

NPLLE34100U73RE1 ......94

NPLLE34100U74RE1 ......94

NPNFE36160U32R .........94

NPNFE36160U33R .........94

NPNFE36160U42R .........94

NPNFE36160U43R .........94

NPNFE36160U44R .........94

NPNFE36160U63RE1 .....94

NPNFE36160U64RE1 .....94

NPNFE36160U73RE1 .....94

NPNFE36160U74RE1 .....94

NPNLE36063U32R .......... 94

NPNLE36063U33R .......... 94

NPNLE36063U42R .......... 94

NPNLE36063U43R .......... 94

NPNLE36063U44R .......... 94

NPNLE36063U63RE1 .....94

NPNLE36063U64RE1 .....94

NPNLE36063U73RE1 .....94

NPNLE36063U74RE1 .....94

NPNLE36080U32R .......... 94

NPNLE36080U33R .......... 94

NPNLE36080U42R .......... 94

NPNLE36080U43R .......... 94

NPNLE36080U44R .......... 94

NPNLE36080U63RE1 .....94

NPNLE36080U64RE1 .....94

NPNLE36080U73RE1 .....94

NPNLE36080U74RE1 .....94

NPNLE36100U32R .......... 94

NPNLE36100U33R .......... 94

NPNLE36100U42R .......... 94

NPNLE36100U43R .......... 94

NPNLE36100U44R .......... 94

NPNLE36100U63RE1 .....94

NPNLE36100U64RE1 .....94

NPNLE36100U73RE1 .....94

NPNLE36100U74RE1 .....94

NPNLE36125U32R .......... 94

NPNLE36125U33R .......... 94

NPNLE36125U42R .......... 94

NPNLE36125U43R .......... 94

NPNLE36125U44R .......... 94

NPNLE36125U63RE1 .....94

NPNLE36125U64RE1 .....94

NPNLE36125U73RE1 .....94

NPNLE36125U74RE1 .....94

NPRLE34063U32R .......... 94

NPRLE34063U33R .......... 94

NPRLE34063U42R .......... 94

NPRLE34063U43R .......... 94

NPRLE34063U44R .......... 94

NPRLE34063U63RE1 .....94

NPRLE34063U64RE1 .....94

NPRLE34063U73RE1 .....94

NPRLE34063U74RE1 .....94

NPRLE34080U32R .......... 94

NPRLE34080U33R .......... 94

NPRLE34080U42R .......... 94

NPRLE34080U43R .......... 94

NPRLE34080U44R .......... 94

NPRLE34080U63RE1 .....94

NPRLE34080U64RE1 .....94

NPRLE34080U73RE1 .....94

NPRLE34080U74RE1 .....94

NRHFE36160U32R ......... 98

NRHFE36160U33R ......... 98

NRHFE36160U42R ......... 98

NRHFE36160U43R ......... 98

NRHFE36160U44R ......... 98

NRHFE36160U63RE1 .....98

NRHFE36160U64RE1 .....98

NRHFE36200U32R ......... 98

NRHFE36200U33R ......... 98

NRHFE36200U42R ......... 98

NRHFE36200U43R ......... 98

NRHFE36200U44R ......... 98

NRHFE36200U63RE1 .....98

NRHFE36200U64RE1 .....98

NRHFE36250U32R ......... 98

NRHFE36250U33R ......... 98

NRHFE36250U42R ......... 98

NRHFE36250U43R ......... 98

NRHFE36250U63RE1 .....98

NRHFE36250U64RE1 .....98

NRHFE36320U32R ......... 98

NRHFE36320U33R ......... 98

NRHFE36320U42R ......... 98

NRHFE36320U43R ......... 98

NRHFE36320U44R ......... 98

NRHFE36320U63RE1 .....98

NRHFE36320U64RE1 .....98

NRHLFE36250U44R ....... 98

NRNFE36160U32R ......... 98

NRNFE36160U33R ......... 98

NRNFE36160U42R ......... 98

NRNFE36160U43R ......... 98

NRNFE36160U44R ......... 98

NRNFE36160U63RE1 .....98

NRNFE36160U64RE1 .....98

NRNFE36200U32R ......... 98

NRNFE36200U33R ......... 98

NRNFE36200U42R ......... 98

NRNFE36200U43R ......... 98

NRNFE36200U44R ......... 98

NRNFE36200U63RE1 .....98

NRNFE36200U64RE1 .....98

NRNFE36250U32R ......... 98

NRNFE36250U33R ......... 98

NRNFE36250U42R ......... 98

NRNFE36250U43R ......... 98

NRNFE36250U44R ......... 98

NRNFE36250U63RE1 .....98

NRNFE36250U64RE1 .....98

NRNFE36320U32R ......... 98

NRNFE36320U33R ......... 98

NRNFE36320U42R ......... 98

NRNFE36320U43R ......... 98

NRNFE36320U44R ......... 98

NRNFE36320U63RE1 .....98

NRNFE36320U64RE1 .....98

PDC12P4 ....................... 115

PDC12P44 .....................115

PDC6P20 ....................... 115

PDC6P204 .....................115

PGA36025CU31A ............76

PGA36025CU33A ............76

PGA36025CU41A ............76

PGA36025CU43A ............76

PGA36025CU44A ............76

PGA36025CU63AE1 .......76

PGA36025CU64AE1 .......76

PGA36025CU73AE1 .......76

PGA36025CU74AE1 .......76

PGA36025U31A ..............75

PGA36025U33A ..............75

PGA36025U41A ..............75

PGA36025U43A ..............75

PGA36025U44A ..............75

PGA36025U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36025U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36025U73AE1 ........... 75

PGA36025U74AE1 ........... 75

PGA36040CU31A ............76

PGA36040CU33A ............76

PGA36040CU41A ............76

PGA36040CU43A ............76

PGA36040CU44A ............76

PGA36040CU63AE1 .......76

PGA36040CU64AE1 .......76

PGA36040CU73AE1 .......76

PGA36040CU74AE1 .......76

PGA36040U31A ..............75

PGA36040U33A ..............75

PGA36040U41A ..............75

PGA36040U43A ..............75

PGA36040U44A ..............75

PGA36040U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36040U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36040U73AE1 ........... 75

PGA36040U74AE1 ........... 75

PGA36060 ....................... 75

PGA36060CU31A ............76

PGA36060CU33A ............76

PGA36060CU41A ............76

PGA36060CU43A ............76

PGA36060CU44A ............76

PGA36060CU63AE1 .......76

PGA36060CU64AE1 .......76

PGA36060CU73AE1 .......76

PGA36060CU74AE1 .......76

PGA36060U31A ..............75

PGA36060U33A ..............75

PGA36060U41A ..............75

PGA36060U43A ..............75

PGA36060U44A ..............75

PGA36060U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36060U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36060U73AE1 ........... 75

PGA36060U74AE1 ........... 75

PGA36080 ....................... 75

PGA36080CU31A ............76

PGA36080CU33A ............76

PGA36080CU41A ............76

PGA36080CU43A ............76

PGA36080CU44A ............76

PGA36080CU63AE1 .......76

PGA36080CU64AE1 .......76

PGA36080CU73AE1 .......76

PGA36080CU74AE1 .......76

PGA36080U31A ..............75

PGA36080U33A ..............75

PGA36080U41A ..............75

PGA36080U43A ..............75

PGA36080U44A ..............75

PGA36080U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36080U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36080U73AE1 ........... 75

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

186

02/2016

™

PGA36080U74AE1 ........... 75

PGA36100 ....................... 75

PGA36100U31A .............. 75

PGA36100U33A .............. 75

PGA36100U41A .............. 75

PGA36100U43A .............. 75

PGA36100U44A .............. 75

PGA36100U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36100U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36100U73AE1 ........... 75

PGA36100U74AE1 ........... 75

PGA36120 ....................... 75

PGA36120U31A .............. 75

PGA36120U33A .............. 75

PGA36120U41A .............. 75

PGA36120U43A .............. 75

PGA36120U44A .............. 75

PGA36120U63AE1 ........... 75

PGA36120U64AE1 ........... 75

PGA36120U73AE1 ........... 75

PGA36120U74AE1 ........... 75

PGL36025CU31A ............ 74

PGL36025CU33A ............ 74

PGL36025CU41A ............ 74

PGL36025CU43A ............ 74

PGL36025CU44A ............ 74

PGL36025CU63AE1 ......... 74

PGL36025CU64AE1 ......... 74

PGL36025CU73AE1 ......... 74

PGL36025CU74AE1 ......... 74

PGL36025U31A ............... 73

PGL36025U33A ............... 73

PGL36025U41A ............... 73

PGL36025U43A ............... 73

PGL36025U44A ............... 73

PGL36025U63AE1 ............ 73

PGL36025U64AE1 ............ 73

PGL36025U73AE1 ............ 73

PGL36025U74AE1 ............ 73

PGL36040CU31A ............ 74

PGL36040CU33A ............ 74

PGL36040CU41A ............ 74

PGL36040CU43A ............ 74

PGL36040CU44A ............ 74

PGL36040CU63AE1 ......... 74

PGL36040CU64AE1 ......... 74

PGL36040CU73AE1 ......... 74

PGL36040CU74AE1 ......... 74

PGL36040U31A ............... 73

PGL36040U33A ............... 73

PGL36040U41A ............... 73

PGL36040U43A ............... 73

PGL36040U44A ............... 73

PGL36040U63AE1 ............ 73

PGL36040U64AE1 ............ 73

PGL36040U73AE1 ............ 73

PGL36040U74AE1 ............ 73

PGL36060 ....................... 73

PGL36060CU31A ............ 74

PGL36060CU33A ............ 74

PGL36060CU41A ............ 74

PGL36060CU43A ............ 74

PGL36060CU44A ............ 74

PGL36060CU63AE1 ......... 74

PGL36060CU64AE1 ......... 74

PGL36060CU73AE1 ......... 74

PGL36060CU74AE1 ......... 74

PGL36060U31A ............... 73

PGL36060U33A ............... 73

PGL36060U41A ............... 73

PGL36060U43A ............... 73

PGL36060U44A ............... 73

PGL36060U63AE1 ............ 73

PGL36060U64AE1 ............ 73

PGL36060U73AE1 ............ 73

PGL36060U74AE1 ............ 73

PGL36080 ....................... 73

PGL36080CU31A ............ 74

PGL36080CU33A ............ 74

PGL36080CU41A ............ 74

PGL36080CU43A ............ 74

PGL36080CU44A ............ 74

PGL36080CU63AE1 ..........74

PGL36080CU64AE1 ..........74

PGL36080CU73AE1 ..........74

PGL36080CU74AE1 ..........74

PGL36080U31A ............... 73

PGL36080U33A ............... 73

PGL36080U41A ............... 73

PGL36080U43A ............... 73

PGL36080U44A ............... 73

PGL36080U63AE1 .............73

PGL36080U64AE1 .............73

PGL36080U73AE1 .............73

PGL36080U74AE1 .............73

PGL36100 ........................ 73

PGL36100CU31A ............ 74

PGL36100CU33A ............ 74

PGL36100CU41A ............ 74

PGL36100CU43A ............ 74

PGL36100CU44A ............ 74

PGL36100CU63AE1 ..........74

PGL36100CU64AE1 ..........74

PGL36100CU73AE1 ..........74

PGL36100CU74AE1 ..........74

PGL36100U31A ............... 73

PGL36100U33A ............... 73

PGL36100U41A ............... 73

PGL36100U43A ............... 73

PGL36100U44A ............... 73

PGL36100U63AE1 .............73

PGL36100U64AE1 .............73

PGL36100U73AE1 .............73

PGL36100U74AE1 .............73

PGL36120 ........................ 73

PGL36120CU31A ............ 74

PGL36120CU33A ............ 74

PGL36120CU41A ............ 74

PGL36120CU43A ............ 74

PGL36120CU44A ............ 74

PGL36120CU63AE1 ..........74

PGL36120CU64AE1 ..........74

PGL36120CU73AE1 ..........74

PGL36120CU74AE1 ..........74

PGL36120U31A ............... 73

PGL36120U33A ............... 73

PGL36120U41A ............... 73

PGL36120U43A ............... 73

PGL36120U44A ............... 73

PGL36120U63AE1 .............73

PGL36120U64AE1 .............73

PGL36120U73AE1 .............73

PGL36120U74AE1 .............73

PHLE36125U33RN .......... 94

PJA36025CU31A ............. 76

PJA36025CU33A ............. 76

PJA36025CU41A ............. 76

PJA36025CU43A ............. 76

PJA36025CU44A ............. 76

PJA36025CU63AE1 ........ 76

PJA36025CU64AE1 ........ 76

PJA36025CU73AE1 ........ 76

PJA36025CU74AE1 ........ 76

PJA36025U31A ............... 75

PJA36025U33A ............... 75

PJA36025U41A ............... 75

PJA36025U43A ............... 75

PJA36025U44A ............... 75

PJA36025U63AE1 .............75

PJA36025U64AE1 .............75

PJA36025U73AE1 .............75

PJA36025U74AE1 .............75

PJA36040CU31A ............. 76

PJA36040CU33A ............. 76

PJA36040CU41A ............. 76

PJA36040CU43A ............. 76

PJA36040CU44A ............. 76

PJA36040CU63AE1 ........ 76

PJA36040CU64AE1 ........ 76

PJA36040CU73AE1 ........ 76

PJA36040CU74AE1 ........ 76

PJA36040U31A ............... 75

PJA36040U33A ............... 75

PJA36040U41A ............... 75

PJA36040U43A ............... 75

PJA36040U44A ............... 75

PJA36040U63AE1 .............75

PJA36040U64AE1 .............75

PJA36040U73AE1 .............75

PJA36040U74AE1 .............75

PJA36060 ........................ 75

PJA36060CU31A ............. 76

PJA36060CU33A ............. 76

PJA36060CU41A ............. 76

PJA36060CU43A ............. 76

PJA36060CU44A ............. 76

PJA36060CU63AE1 ........ 76

PJA36060CU64AE1 ........ 76

PJA36060CU73AE1 ........ 76

PJA36060CU74AE1 ........ 76

PJA36060U31A ............... 75

PJA36060U33A ............... 75

PJA36060U41A ............... 75

PJA36060U43A ............... 75

PJA36060U44A ............... 75

PJA36060U63AE1 .............75

PJA36060U64AE1 .............75

PJA36060U73AE1 .............75

PJA36060U74AE1 .............75

PJA36080 ........................ 75

PJA36080CU31A ............. 76

PJA36080CU33A ............. 76

PJA36080CU41A ............. 76

PJA36080CU43A ............. 76

PJA36080CU44A ............. 76

PJA36080CU63AE1 ........ 76

PJA36080CU64AE1 ........ 76

PJA36080CU73AE1 ........ 76

PJA36080CU74AE1 ........ 76

PJA36080U31A ............... 75

PJA36080U33A ............... 75

PJA36080U41A ............... 75

PJA36080U43A ............... 75

PJA36080U44A ............... 75

PJA36080U63AE1 .............75

PJA36080U64AE1 .............75

PJA36080U73AE1 .............75

PJA36080U74AE1 .............75

PJA36100 ........................ 75

PJA36100U31A ............... 75

PJA36100U33A ............... 75

PJA36100U41A ............... 75

PJA36100U43A ............... 75

PJA36100U44A ............... 75

PJA36100U63AE1 .............75

PJA36100U64AE1 .............75

PJA36100U73AE1 .............75

PJA36100U74AE1 .............75

PJA36120 ........................ 75

PJA36120U31A ............... 75

PJA36120U33A ............... 75

PJA36120U41A ............... 75

PJA36120U43A ............... 75

PJA36120U44A ............... 75

PJA36120U63AE1 .............75

PJA36120U64AE1 .............75

PJA36120U73AE1 .............75

PJA36120U74AE1 .............75

PJL36000S10 .................. 78

PJL36000S12 .................. 78

PJL36000S60 .................. 78

PJL36000S80 .................. 78

PJL36025CU31A ............. 74

PJL36025CU33A ............. 74

PJL36025CU41A ............. 74

PJL36025CU43A ............. 74

PJL36025CU44A ............. 74

PJL36025CU63AE1 ...........74

PJL36025CU64AE1 ...........74

PJL36025CU73AE1 ...........74

PJL36025CU74AE1 ...........74

PJL36025U31A ................ 73

PJL36025U33A ................ 73

PJL36025U41A ................ 73

PJL36025U43A ................ 73

PJL36025U44A ................ 73

PJL36025U63AE1 .............73

PJL36025U64AE1 .............73

PJL36025U73AE1 .............73

PJL36025U74AE1 .............73

PJL36040CU31A ............. 74

PJL36040CU33A ............. 74

PJL36040CU41A ............. 74

PJL36040CU43A ............. 74

PJL36040CU44A ............. 74

PJL36040CU63AE1 ...........74

PJL36040CU64AE1 ...........74

PJL36040CU73AE1 ...........74

PJL36040CU74AE1 ...........74

PJL36040U31A ................ 73

PJL36040U33A ................ 73

PJL36040U41A ................ 73

PJL36040U43A ................ 73

PJL36040U44A ................ 73

PJL36040U63AE1 .............73

PJL36040U64AE1 .............73

PJL36040U73AE1 .............73

PJL36040U74AE1 .............73

PJL36060 ......................... 73

PJL36060CU31A ............. 74

PJL36060CU33A ............. 74

PJL36060CU41A ............. 74

PJL36060CU43A ............. 74

PJL36060CU44A ............. 74

PJL36060CU63AE1 ...........74

PJL36060CU64AE1 ...........74

PJL36060CU73AE1 ...........74

PJL36060CU74AE1 ...........74

PJL36060M68 .................. 79

PJL36060U31A ................ 73

PJL36060U33A ................ 73

PJL36060U41A ................ 73

PJL36060U43A ................ 73

PJL36060U44A ................ 73

PJL36060U63AE1 .............73

PJL36060U64AE1 .............73

PJL36060U73AE1 .............73

PJL36060U74AE1 .............73

PJL36080 ......................... 73

PJL36080CU31A ............. 74

PJL36080CU33A ............. 74

PJL36080CU41A ............. 74

PJL36080CU43A ............. 74

PJL36080CU44A ............. 74

PJL36080CU63AE1 ...........74

PJL36080CU64AE1 ...........74

PJL36080CU73AE1 ...........74

PJL36080CU74AE1 ...........74

PJL36080M68 .................. 79

PJL36080U31A ................ 73

PJL36080U33A ................ 73

PJL36080U41A ................ 73

PJL36080U43A ................ 73

PJL36080U44A ................ 73

PJL36080U63AE1 .............73

PJL36080U64AE1 .............73

PJL36080U73AE1 .............73

PJL36080U74AE1 .............73

PJL36100 ......................... 73

PJL36100CU31A ............. 74

PJL36100CU33A ............. 74

PJL36100CU41A ............. 74

PJL36100CU43A ............. 74

PJL36100CU44A ............. 74

PJL36100CU63AE1 ...........74

PJL36100CU64AE1 ...........74

PJL36100CU73AE1 ...........74

PJL36100CU74AE1 ...........74

PJL36100M69 .................. 79

PJL36100U31A ................ 73

PJL36100U33A ................ 73

PJL36100U41A ................ 73

PJL36100U43A ................ 73

PJL36100U44A ................ 73

PJL36100U63AE1 ............. 73

PJL36100U64AE1 ............. 73

PJL36100U73AE1 ............. 73

PJL36100U74AE1 ............. 73

PJL36120 ......................... 73

PJL36120CU31A ............. 74

PJL36120CU33A ............. 74

PJL36120CU41A ............. 74

PJL36120CU43A ............. 74

PJL36120CU44A ............. 74

PJL36120CU63AE1 ........... 74

PJL36120CU64AE1 ........... 74

PJL36120CU73AE1 .......... 74

PJL36120CU74AE1 .......... 74

PJL36120M70 .................. 79

PJL36120U31A ................ 73

PJL36120U33A ................ 73

PJL36120U41A ................ 73

PJL36120U43A ................ 73

PJL36120U44A ................ 73

PJL36120U63AE1 ............. 73

PJL36120U64AE1 ............. 73

PJL36120U73AE1 ............. 73

PJL36120U74AE1 ............. 73

PKA36025CU31A ............ 76

PKA36025CU33A ............ 76

PKA36025CU41A ............ 76

PKA36025CU43A ............ 76

PKA36025CU44A ............ 76

PKA36025CU63AE1 ........ 76

PKA36025CU64AE1 ........ 76

PKA36025CU73AE1 ........ 76

PKA36025CU74AE1 ........ 76

PKA36025U31A ............... 75

PKA36025U33A ............... 75

PKA36025U41A ............... 75

PKA36025U43A ............... 75

PKA36025U44A ............... 75

PKA36025U63AE1 ............ 75

PKA36025U64AE1 ............ 75

PKA36025U73AE1 ............ 75

PKA36025U74AE1 ............ 75

PKA36040CU31A ............ 76

PKA36040CU33A ............ 76

PKA36040CU41A ............ 76

PKA36040CU43A ............ 76

PKA36040CU44A ............ 76

PKA36040CU63AE1 ........ 76

PKA36040CU64AE1 ........ 76

PKA36040CU73AE1 ........ 76

PKA36040CU74AE1 ........ 76

PKA36040U31A ............... 75

PKA36040U33A ............... 75

PKA36040U41A ............... 75

PKA36040U43A ............... 75

PKA36040U44A ............... 75

PKA36040U63AE1 ............ 75

PKA36040U64AE1 ............ 75

PKA36040U73AE1 ............ 75

PKA36040U74AE1 ............ 75

PKA36060 ........................ 75

PKA36060CU31A ............ 76

PKA36060CU33A ............ 76

PKA36060CU41A ............ 76

PKA36060CU43A ............ 76

PKA36060CU44A ............ 76

PKA36060CU63AE1 ........ 76

PKA36060CU64AE1 ........ 76

PKA36060CU73AE1 ........ 76

PKA36060CU74AE1 ........ 76

PKA36060U31A ............... 75

PKA36060U33A ............... 75

PKA36060U41A ............... 75

PKA36060U43A ............... 75

PKA36060U44A ............... 75

PKA36060U63AE1 ............ 75

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

187

02/2016

™

PKA36060U64AE1 .............75

PKA36060U73AE1 .............75

PKA36060U74AE1 .............75

PKA36080 ........................ 75

PKA36080CU31A ............ 76

PKA36080CU33A ............ 76

PKA36080CU41A ............ 76

PKA36080CU43A ............ 76

PKA36080CU44A ............ 76

PKA36080CU63AE1 ........ 76

PKA36080CU64AE1 ........ 76

PKA36080CU73AE1 ........ 76

PKA36080CU74AE1 ........ 76

PKA36080U31A ............... 75

PKA36080U33A ............... 75

PKA36080U41A ............... 75

PKA36080U43A ............... 75

PKA36080U44A ............... 75

PKA36080U63AE1 .............75

PKA36080U64AE1 .............75

PKA36080U73AE1 .............75

PKA36080U74AE1 .............75

PKA36100 ........................ 75

PKA36100U31A ............... 75

PKA36100U33A ............... 75

PKA36100U41A ............... 75

PKA36100U43A ............... 75

PKA36100U44A ............... 75

PKA36100U63AE1 .............75

PKA36100U64AE1 .............75

PKA36100U73AE1 .............75

PKA36100U74AE1 .............75

PKA36120 ........................ 75

PKA36120U31A ............... 75

PKA36120U33A ............... 75

PKA36120U41A ............... 75

PKA36120U43A ............... 75

PKA36120U44A ............... 75

PKA36120U63AE1 .............75

PKA36120U64AE1 .............75

PKA36120U73AE1 .............75

PKA36120U74AE1 .............75

PKL36000S10 .................. 78

PKL36000S12 .................. 78

PKL36000S60 .................. 78

PKL36000S80 .................. 78

PKL36025CU31A ............ 74

PKL36025CU33A ............ 74

PKL36025CU41A ............ 74

PKL36025CU43A ............ 74

PKL36025CU44A ............ 74

PKL36025CU63AE1 ...........74

PKL36025CU64AE1 ...........74

PKL36025CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36025CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36025U31A ............... 73

PKL36025U33A ............... 73

PKL36025U41A ............... 73

PKL36025U43A ............... 73

PKL36025U44A ............... 73

PKL36025U63AE1 .............73

PKL36025U64AE1 .............73

PKL36025U73AE1 .............73

PKL36025U74AE1 .............73

PKL36040CU31A ............ 74

PKL36040CU33A ............ 74

PKL36040CU41A ............ 74

PKL36040CU43A ............ 74

PKL36040CU44A ............ 74

PKL36040CU63AE1 ...........74

PKL36040CU64AE1 ...........74

PKL36040CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36040CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36040U31A ............... 73

PKL36040U33A ............... 73

PKL36040U41A ............... 73

PKL36040U43A ............... 73

PKL36040U44A ............... 73

PKL36040U63AE1 .............73

PKL36040U64AE1 .............73

PKL36040U73AE1 .............73

PKL36040U74AE1 .............73

PKL36060 ........................ 73

PKL36060CU31A ............ 74

PKL36060CU33A ............ 74

PKL36060CU41A ............ 74

PKL36060CU43A ............ 74

PKL36060CU44A ............ 74

PKL36060CU63AE1 ..........74

PKL36060CU64AE1 ..........74

PKL36060CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36060CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36060U31A ...............73

PKL36060U33A ...............73

PKL36060U41A ...............73

PKL36060U43A ...............73

PKL36060U44A ...............73

PKL36060U63AE1 .............73

PKL36060U64AE1 .............73

PKL36060U73AE1 .............73

PKL36060U74AE1 .............73

PKL36080 ........................ 73

PKL36080CU31A ............ 74

PKL36080CU33A ............ 74

PKL36080CU41A ............ 74

PKL36080CU43A ............ 74

PKL36080CU44A ............ 74

PKL36080CU63AE1 ..........74

PKL36080CU64AE1 ..........74

PKL36080CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36080CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36080U31A ...............73

PKL36080U33A ...............73

PKL36080U41A ...............73

PKL36080U43A ...............73

PKL36080U44A ...............73

PKL36080U63AE1 .............73

PKL36080U64AE1 .............73

PKL36080U73AE1 .............73

PKL36080U74AE1 .............73

PKL36100 ........................ 73

PKL36100CU31A ............ 74

PKL36100CU33A ............ 74

PKL36100CU41A ............ 74

PKL36100CU43A ............ 74

PKL36100CU44A ............ 74

PKL36100CU63AE1 ..........74

PKL36100CU64AE1 ..........74

PKL36100CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36100CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36100U31A ...............73

PKL36100U33A ...............73

PKL36100U41A ...............73

PKL36100U43A ...............73

PKL36100U44A ...............73

PKL36100U63AE1 .............73

PKL36100U64AE1 .............73

PKL36100U73AE1 .............73

PKL36100U74AE1 .............73

PKL36120 ........................ 73

PKL36120CU31A ............ 74

PKL36120CU33A ............ 74

PKL36120CU41A ............ 74

PKL36120CU43A ............ 74

PKL36120CU44A ............ 74

PKL36120CU63AE1 ..........74

PKL36120CU64AE1 ..........74

PKL36120CU73AE1 ..........74

PKL36120CU74AE1 ..........74

PKL36120U31A ...............73

PKL36120U33A ...............73

PKL36120U41A ...............73

PKL36120U43A ...............73

PKL36120U44A ...............73

PKL36120U63AE1 .............73

PKL36120U64AE1 .............73

PKL36120U73AE1 .............73

PKL36120U74AE1 .............73

PLA34025CU31A ............ 76

PLA34025CU33A ............ 76

PLA34025CU41A ............76

PLA34025CU43A ............76

PLA34025CU44A ............76

PLA34025CU63AE1 ........ 76

PLA34025CU64AE1 ........ 76

PLA34025CU73AE1 ........ 76

PLA34025CU74AE1 ........ 76

PLA34025U31A ...............75

PLA34025U33A ...............75

PLA34025U41A ...............75

PLA34025U43A ...............75

PLA34025U44A ...............75

PLA34025U63AE1 .............75

PLA34025U64AE1 .............75

PLA34025U73AE1 .............75

PLA34025U74AE1 .............75

PLA34040CU31A ............76

PLA34040CU33A ............76

PLA34040CU41A ............76

PLA34040CU43A ............76

PLA34040CU44A ............76

PLA34040CU63AE1 ........ 76

PLA34040CU64AE1 ........ 76

PLA34040CU73AE1 ........ 76

PLA34040CU74AE1 ........ 76

PLA34040U31A ...............75

PLA34040U33A ...............75

PLA34040U41A ...............75

PLA34040U43A ...............75

PLA34040U44A ...............75

PLA34040U63AE1 .............75

PLA34040U64AE1 .............75

PLA34040U73AE1 .............75

PLA34040U74AE1 .............75

PLA34060 ........................ 75

PLA34060CU31A ............76

PLA34060CU33A ............76

PLA34060CU41A ............76

PLA34060CU43A ............76

PLA34060CU44A ............76

PLA34060CU63AE1 ........ 76

PLA34060CU64AE1 ........ 76

PLA34060CU73AE1 ........ 76

PLA34060CU74AE1 ........ 76

PLA34060U31A ...............75

PLA34060U33A ...............75

PLA34060U41A ...............75

PLA34060U43A ...............75

PLA34060U44A ...............75

PLA34060U63AE1 .............75

PLA34060U64AE1 .............75

PLA34060U73AE1 .............75

PLA34060U74AE1 .............75

PLA34080 ........................ 75

PLA34080CU31A ............76

PLA34080CU33A ............76

PLA34080CU41A ............76

PLA34080CU43A ............76

PLA34080CU44A ............76

PLA34080CU63AE1 ........ 76

PLA34080CU64AE1 ........ 76

PLA34080CU73AE1 ........ 76

PLA34080CU74AE1 ........ 76

PLA34080U31A ...............75

PLA34080U33A ...............75

PLA34080U41A ...............75

PLA34080U43A ...............75

PLA34080U44A ...............75

PLA34080U63AE1 .............75

PLA34080U64AE1 .............75

PLA34080U73AE1 .............75

PLA34080U74AE1 .............75

PLA34100 ........................ 75

PLA34100U31A ...............75

PLA34100U33A ...............75

PLA34100U41A ...............75

PLA34100U43A ...............75

PLA34100U44A ...............75

PLA34100U63AE1 .............75

PLA34100U64AE1 .............75

PLA34100U73AE1 ............ 75

PLA34100U74AE1 ............ 75

PLA34120 ........................75

PLA34120U31A ...............75

PLA34120U33A ...............75

PLA34120U41A ...............75

PLA34120U43A ...............75

PLA34120U44A ...............75

PLA34120U63AE1 ............ 75

PLA34120U64AE1 ............ 75

PLA34120U73AE1 ............ 75

PLA34120U74AE1 ............ 75

PLL34000S10 .................. 78

PLL34000S12 .................. 78

PLL34000S60 .................. 78

PLL34000S80 .................. 78

PLL34025CU31A .............74

PLL34025CU33A .............74

PLL34025CU41A .............74

PLL34025CU43A .............74

PLL34025CU44A .............74

PLL34025CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34025CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34025CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34025CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34025U31A ............... 73

PLL34025U33A ............... 73

PLL34025U41A ............... 73

PLL34025U43A ............... 73

PLL34025U44A ............... 73

PLL34025U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34025U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34025U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34025U74AE1 ............. 73

PLL34040CU31A .............74

PLL34040CU33A .............74

PLL34040CU41A .............74

PLL34040CU43A .............74

PLL34040CU44A .............74

PLL34040CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34040CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34040CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34040CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34040U31A ............... 73

PLL34040U33A ............... 73

PLL34040U41A ............... 73

PLL34040U43A ............... 73

PLL34040U44A ............... 73

PLL34040U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34040U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34040U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34040U74AE1 ............. 73

PLL34060 ........................73

PLL34060CU31A .............74

PLL34060CU33A .............74

PLL34060CU41A .............74

PLL34060CU43A .............74

PLL34060CU44A .............74

PLL34060CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34060CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34060CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34060CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34060M68 ................. 79

PLL34060U31A ............... 73

PLL34060U33A ............... 73

PLL34060U41A ............... 73

PLL34060U43A ............... 73

PLL34060U44A ............... 73

PLL34060U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34060U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34060U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34060U74AE1 ............. 73

PLL34080 ........................73

PLL34080CU31A .............74

PLL34080CU33A .............74

PLL34080CU41A .............74

PLL34080CU43A .............74

PLL34080CU44A .............74

PLL34080CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34080CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34080CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34080CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34080M68 ................. 79

PLL34080U31A ...............73

PLL34080U33A ...............73

PLL34080U41A ...............73

PLL34080U43A ...............73

PLL34080U44A ...............73

PLL34080U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34080U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34080U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34080U74AE1 ............. 73

PLL34100 ........................73

PLL34100CU31A .............74

PLL34100CU33A .............74

PLL34100CU41A .............74

PLL34100CU43A .............74

PLL34100CU44A .............74

PLL34100CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34100CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34100CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34100CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34100M69 ................. 79

PLL34100U31A ...............73

PLL34100U33A ...............73

PLL34100U41A ...............73

PLL34100U43A ...............73

PLL34100U44A ...............73

PLL34100U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34100U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34100U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34100U74AE1 ............. 73

PLL34120 ........................73

PLL34120CU31A .............74

PLL34120CU33A .............74

PLL34120CU41A .............74

PLL34120CU43A .............74

PLL34120CU44A .............74

PLL34120CU63AE1 .......... 74

PLL34120CU64AE1 .......... 74

PLL34120CU73AE1 .......... 74

PLL34120CU74AE1 .......... 74

PLL34120M70 ................. 79

PLL34120U31A ...............73

PLL34120U33A ...............73

PLL34120U41A ...............73

PLL34120U43A ...............73

PLL34120U44A ...............73

PLL34120U63AE1 ............. 73

PLL34120U64AE1 ............. 73

PLL34120U73AE1 ............. 73

PLL34120U74AE1 ............. 73

RD10 .............................. 117

RD16 .............................. 117

RE10 .............................. 117

RE16 .............................. 117

RGA36100CU31A ...........88

RGA36100CU33A ...........88

RGA36100CU41A ...........88

RGA36100CU43A ...........88

RGA36100CU44A ...........88

RGA36100CU63AE1 .......88

RGA36100CU64AE1 .......88

RGA36100CU73AE1 .......88

RGA36100CU74AE1 .......88

RGA36120CU31A ...........88

RGA36120CU33A ...........88

RGA36120CU41A ...........88

RGA36120CU43A ...........88

RGA36120CU44A ...........88

RGA36120CU63AE1 .......88

RGA36120CU64AE1 .......88

RGA36120CU73AE1 .......88

RGA36120CU74AE1 .......88

RGF36060CU31A .............. 86

RGF36060CU33A .............. 86

RGF36060CU41A .............. 86

RGF36060CU43A .............. 86

RGF36060CU44A .............. 86

RGF36060CU63AE1 ......... 86

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

188

02/2016

™

RGF36060CU64AE1 ......... 86

RGF36060CU73AE1 ......... 86

RGF36060CU74AE1 ......... 86

RGF36060U31A ................ 84

RGF36060U33A ................ 84

RGF36060U41A ................ 84

RGF36060U43A ................ 84

RGF36060U44A ................ 84

RGF36060U63AE1 ............ 84

RGF36060U64AE1 ............ 84

RGF36060U73AE1 ............ 84

RGF36060U74AE1 ............ 84

RGF36080CU31A ............. 86

RGF36080CU33A ............. 86

RGF36080CU41A ............. 86

RGF36080CU43A ............. 86

RGF36080CU44A ............. 86

RGF36080CU63AE1 ......... 86

RGF36080CU64AE1 ......... 86

RGF36080CU73AE1 ......... 86

RGF36080CU74AE1 ......... 86

RGF36080U31A ................ 84

RGF36080U33A ................ 84

RGF36080U41A ................ 84

RGF36080U43A ................ 84

RGF36080U44A ................ 84

RGF36080U63AE1 ............ 84

RGF36080U64AE1 ............ 84

RGF36080U73AE1 ............ 84

RGF36080U74AE1 ............ 84

RGF36100CU31A ............. 86

RGF36100CU33A ............. 86

RGF36100CU41A ............. 86

RGF36100CU43A ............. 86

RGF36100CU44A ............. 86

RGF36100CU63AE1 ......... 86

RGF36100CU64AE1 ......... 86

RGF36100CU73AE1 ......... 86

RGF36100CU74AE1 ......... 86

RGF36100U31A ................ 84

RGF36100U33A ................ 84

RGF36100U41A ................ 84

RGF36100U43A ................ 84

RGF36100U44A ................ 84

RGF36100U63AE1 ............ 84

RGF36100U64AE1 ............ 84

RGF36100U73AE1 ............ 84

RGF36100U74AE1 ............ 84

RGF36120 ....................... 84

RGF36120CU31A ............. 86

RGF36120CU33A ............. 86

RGF36120CU41A ............. 86

RGF36120CU43A ............. 86

RGF36120CU44A ............. 86

RGF36120CU63AE1 ......... 86

RGF36120CU64AE1 ......... 86

RGF36120CU73AE1 ......... 86

RGF36120CU74AE1 ......... 86

RGF36120U31A ................ 84

RGF36120U33A ................ 84

RGF36120U41A ................ 84

RGF36120U43A ................ 84

RGF36120U44A ................ 84

RGF36120U63AE1 ............ 84

RGF36120U64AE1 ............ 84

RGF36120U73AE1 ............ 84

RGF36120U74AE1 ............ 84

RGF36160 .......................... 85

RGF36160CU31A ............. 87

RGF36160CU33A ............. 87

RGF36160CU41A ............. 87

RGF36160CU43A ............. 87

RGF36160CU44A ............. 87

RGF36160CU63AE1 ......... 87

RGF36160CU64AE1 ......... 87

RGF36160CU73AE1 ......... 87

RGF36160CU74AE1 ......... 87

RGF36160U31A ................ 85

RGF36160U33A ................ 85

RGF36160U41A ................ 85

RGF36160U43A .................85

RGF36160U44A .................85

RGF36160U63AE1 ............85

RGF36160U64AE1 ............85

RGF36160U73AE1 ............85

RGF36160U74AE1 ............85

RGF36200 ..........................85

RGF36200CU31A ..............87

RGF36200CU33A ..............87

RGF36200CU41A ..............87

RGF36200CU43A ..............87

RGF36200CU44A ..............87

RGF36200CU63AE1 ..........87

RGF36200CU64AE1 ..........87

RGF36200CU73AE1 ..........87

RGF36200CU74AE1 ..........87

RGF36200U31A .................85

RGF36200U33A .................85

RGF36200U41A .................85

RGF36200U43A .................85

RGF36200U44A .................85

RGF36200U63AE1 ............85

RGF36200U64AE1 ............85

RGF36200U73AE1 ............85

RGF36200U74AE1 ............85

RGF36250 ..........................85

RGF36250CU31A ..............87

RGF36250CU33A ..............87

RGF36250CU41A ..............87

RGF36250CU43A ..............87

RGF36250CU44A ..............87

RGF36250CU63AE1 ..........87

RGF36250CU64AE1 ..........87

RGF36250CU73AE1 ..........87

RGF36250CU74AE1 ..........87

RGF36250U31A .................85

RGF36250U33A .................85

RGF36250U41A .................85

RGF36250U43A .................85

RGF36250U44A .................85

RGF36250U63AE1 ............85

RGF36250U64AE1 ............85

RGF36250U73AE1 ............85

RGF36250U74AE1 ............85

RGF36300CU31A ..............87

RGF36300CU33A ..............87

RGF36300CU41A ..............87

RGF36300CU43A ..............87

RGF36300CU44A ..............87

RGF36300CU63AE1 ..........87

RGF36300CU64AE1 ..........87

RGF36300CU73AE1 ..........87

RGF36300CU74AE1 ..........87

RGF36300U31A .................85

RGF36300U33A .................85

RGF36300U41A .................85

RGF36300U43A .................85

RGF36300U44A .................85

RGF36300U63AE1 ............85

RGF36300U64AE1 ............85

RGF36300U73AE1 ............85

RGF36300U74AE1 ............85

RJA36100CU31A ............ 88

RJA36100CU33A ............ 88

RJA36100CU41A ............ 88

RJA36100CU43A ............ 88

RJA36100CU44A ............ 88

RJA36100CU63AE1 ........ 88

RJA36100CU64AE1 ........ 88

RJA36100CU73AE1 ........ 88

RJA36100CU74AE1 ........ 88

RJA36120CU31A ............ 88

RJA36120CU33A ............ 88

RJA36120CU41A ............ 88

RJA36120CU43A ............ 88

RJA36120CU44A ............ 88

RJA36120CU63AE1 ........ 88

RJA36120CU64AE1 ........ 88

RJA36120CU73AE1 ........ 88

RJA36120CU74AE1 ........ 88

RJF36060CU31A ...............86

RJF36060CU33A ...............86

RJF36060CU41A ...............86

RJF36060CU43A ...............86

RJF36060CU44A ...............86

RJF36060CU63AE1 ...........86

RJF36060CU64AE1 ...........86

RJF36060CU73AE1 ...........86

RJF36060CU74AE1 ...........86

RJF36060U31A ..................84

RJF36060U33A ..................84

RJF36060U41A ..................84

RJF36060U43A ..................84

RJF36060U44A ..................84

RJF36060U63AE1 .............84

RJF36060U64AE1 .............84

RJF36060U73AE1 .............84

RJF36060U74AE1 .............84

RJF36080CU31A ...............86

RJF36080CU33A ...............86

RJF36080CU41A ...............86

RJF36080CU43A ...............86

RJF36080CU44A ...............86

RJF36080CU63AE1 ...........86

RJF36080CU64AE1 ...........86

RJF36080CU73AE1 ...........86

RJF36080CU74AE1 ...........86

RJF36080U31A ..................84

RJF36080U33A ..................84

RJF36080U41A ..................84

RJF36080U43A ..................84

RJF36080U44A ..................84

RJF36080U63AE1 .............84

RJF36080U64AE1 .............84

RJF36080U73AE1 .............84

RJF36080U74AE1 .............84

RJF36100CU31A ...............86

RJF36100CU33A ...............86

RJF36100CU41A ...............86

RJF36100CU43A ...............86

RJF36100CU44A ...............86

RJF36100CU63AE1 ...........86

RJF36100CU64AE1 ...........86

RJF36100CU73AE1 ...........86

RJF36100CU74AE1 ...........86

RJF36100U31A ..................84

RJF36100U33A ..................84

RJF36100U41A ..................84

RJF36100U43A ..................84

RJF36100U44A ..................84

RJF36100U63AE1 .............84

RJF36100U64AE1 .............84

RJF36100U73AE1 .............84

RJF36100U74AE1 .............84

RJF36120 ........................ 84

RJF36120CU31A ...............86

RJF36120CU33A ...............86

RJF36120CU41A ...............86

RJF36120CU43A ...............86

RJF36120CU44A ...............86

RJF36120CU63AE1 ...........86

RJF36120CU64AE1 ...........86

RJF36120CU73AE1 ...........86

RJF36120CU74AE1 ...........86

RJF36120U31A ..................84

RJF36120U33A ..................84

RJF36120U41A ..................84

RJF36120U43A ..................84

RJF36120U44A ..................84

RJF36120U63AE1 .............84

RJF36120U64AE1 .............84

RJF36120U73AE1 .............84

RJF36120U74AE1 .............84

RJF36160 ...........................85

RJF36160CU31A ...............87

RJF36160CU33A ...............87

RJF36160CU41A ...............87

RJF36160CU43A ...............87

RJF36160CU44A ...............87

RJF36160CU63AE1 ...........87

RJF36160CU64AE1 .......... 87

RJF36160CU73AE1 .......... 87

RJF36160CU74AE1 .......... 87

RJF36160U31A ..................85

RJF36160U33A ..................85

RJF36160U41A ..................85

RJF36160U43A ..................85

RJF36160U44A ..................85

RJF36160U63AE1 .............85

RJF36160U64AE1 .............85

RJF36160U73AE1 .............85

RJF36160U74AE1 .............85

RJF36200 ...........................85

RJF36200CU31A ...............87

RJF36200CU33A ...............87

RJF36200CU41A ...............87

RJF36200CU43A ...............87

RJF36200CU44A ...............87

RJF36200CU63AE1 .......... 87

RJF36200CU64AE1 .......... 87

RJF36200CU73AE1 .......... 87

RJF36200CU74AE1 .......... 87

RJF36200U31A ..................85

RJF36200U33A ..................85

RJF36200U41A ..................85

RJF36200U43A ..................85

RJF36200U44A ..................85

RJF36200U63AE1 .............85

RJF36200U64AE1 .............85

RJF36200U74AE1 .............85

RJF36250 ...........................85

RJF36250CU31A ...............87

RJF36250CU33A ...............87

RJF36250CU41A ...............87

RJF36250CU43A ...............87

RJF36250CU44A ...............87

RJF36250CU63AE1 .......... 87

RJF36250CU64AE1 .......... 87

RJF36250CU73AE1 .......... 87

RJF36250CU74AE1 .......... 87

RJF36250U31A ..................85

RJF36250U33A ..................85

RJF36250U41A ..................85

RJF36250U43A ..................85

RJF36250U44A ..................85

RJF36250U63AE1 .............85

RJF36250U64AE1 .............85

RJF36250U73AE1 .............85

RJF36250U74AE1 .............85

RJF36300CU31A ...............87

RJF36300CU33A ...............87

RJF36300CU41A ...............87

RJF36300CU43A ...............87

RJF36300CU44A ...............87

RJF36300CU63AE1 .......... 87

RJF36300CU64AE1 .......... 87

RJF36300CU73AE1 .......... 87

RJF36300CU74AE1 .......... 87

RJF36300U31A ..................85

RJF36300U33A ..................85

RJF36300U41A ..................85

RJF36300U43A ..................85

RJF36300U44A ..................85

RJF36300U63AE1 .............85

RJF36300U64AE1 .............85

RJF36300U73AE1 .............85

RJF36300U74AE1 .............85

RJF363200U73AE1 ...........85

RKA36100CU31A ............ 88

RKA36100CU33A ............ 88

RKA36100CU41A ............ 88

RKA36100CU43A ............ 88

RKA36100CU44A ............ 88

RKA36100CU63AE1 ....... 88

RKA36100CU64AE1 ....... 88

RKA36100CU73AE1 ....... 88

RKA36100CU74AE1 ....... 88

RKA36120CU31A ............ 88

RKA36120CU33A ............ 88

RKA36120CU41A ............ 88

RKA36120CU43A ............ 88

RKA36120CU44A ............ 88

RKA36120CU63AE1 ....... 88

RKA36120CU64AE1 ....... 88

RKA36120CU73AE1 ....... 88

RKA36120CU74AE1 ....... 88

RKF36000S12 ................. 89

RKF36000S16 ................. 89

RKF36000S20 ................. 89

RKF36000S25 ................. 89

RKF36000S30 ................. 89

RKF36060CU31A .............. 86

RKF36060CU33A .............. 86

RKF36060CU41A .............. 86

RKF36060CU43A .............. 86

RKF36060CU44A .............. 86

RKF36060CU63AE1 .......... 86

RKF36060CU64AE1 .......... 86

RKF36060CU73AE1 .......... 86

RKF36060CU74AE1 .......... 86

RKF36060U31A ................. 84

RKF36060U33A ................. 84

RKF36060U41A ................. 84

RKF36060U43A ................. 84

RKF36060U44A ................. 84

RKF36060U63AE1 ............ 84

RKF36060U64AE1 ............ 84

RKF36060U73AE1 ............ 84

RKF36060U74AE1 ............ 84

RKF36080CU31A .............. 86

RKF36080CU33A .............. 86

RKF36080CU41A .............. 86

RKF36080CU43A .............. 86

RKF36080CU44A .............. 86

RKF36080CU63AE1 .......... 86

RKF36080CU64AE1 .......... 86

RKF36080CU73AE1 .......... 86

RKF36080CU74AE1 .......... 86

RKF36080U31A ................. 84

RKF36080U33A ................. 84

RKF36080U41A ................. 84

RKF36080U43A ................. 84

RKF36080U44A ................. 84

RKF36080U63AE1 ............ 84

RKF36080U64AE1 ............ 84

RKF36080U73AE1 ............ 84

RKF36080U74AE1 ............ 84

RKF36100CU31A .............. 86

RKF36100CU33A .............. 86

RKF36100CU41A .............. 86

RKF36100CU43A .............. 86

RKF36100CU44A .............. 86

RKF36100CU63AE1 .......... 86

RKF36100CU64AE1 .......... 86

RKF36100CU73AE1 .......... 86

RKF36100CU74AE1 .......... 86

RKF36100U31A ................. 84

RKF36100U33A ................. 84

RKF36100U41A ................. 84

RKF36100U43A ................. 84

RKF36100U44A ................. 84

RKF36100U63AE1 ............ 84

RKF36100U64AE1 ............ 84

RKF36100U73AE1 ............ 84

RKF36100U74AE1 ............ 84

RKF36120 ........................ 84

RKF36120CU31A .............. 86

RKF36120CU33A .............. 86

RKF36120CU41A .............. 86

RKF36120CU43A .............. 86

RKF36120CU44A .............. 86

RKF36120CU63AE1 .......... 86

RKF36120CU64AE1 .......... 86

RKF36120CU73AE1 .......... 86

RKF36120CU74AE1 .......... 86

RKF36120U31A ................. 84

RKF36120U33A ................. 84

RKF36120U41A ................. 84

RKF36120U43A ................. 84

RKF36120U44A ................. 84

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

189

02/2016

™

RKF36120U63AE1 .............84

RKF36120U64AE1 .............84

RKF36120U73AE1 .............84

RKF36120U74AE1 .............84

RKF36160 ...........................85

RKF36160CU31A ...............87

RKF36160CU33A ...............87

RKF36160CU41A ...............87

RKF36160CU43A ...............87

RKF36160CU44A ...............87

RKF36160CU63AE1 ..........87

RKF36160CU64AE1 ..........87

RKF36160CU73AE1 ..........87

RKF36160CU74AE1 ..........87

RKF36160U31A .................85

RKF36160U33A .................85

RKF36160U41A .................85

RKF36160U43A .................85

RKF36160U44A .................85

RKF36160U63AE1 .............85

RKF36160U64AE1 .............85

RKF36160U73AE1 .............85

RKF36160U74AE1 .............85

RKF36200 ...........................85

RKF36200CU31A ...............87

RKF36200CU33A ...............87

RKF36200CU41A ...............87

RKF36200CU43A ...............87

RKF36200CU44A ...............87

RKF36200CU63AE1 ..........87

RKF36200CU64AE1 ..........87

RKF36200CU73AE1 ..........87

RKF36200CU74AE1 ..........87

RKF36200U31A .................85

RKF36200U33A .................85

RKF36200U41A .................85

RKF36200U43A .................85

RKF36200U44A .................85

RKF36200U63AE1 .............85

RKF36200U64AE1 .............85

RKF36200U74AE1 .............85

RKF36250 ...........................85

RKF36250CU31A ...............87

RKF36250CU33A ...............87

RKF36250CU41A ...............87

RKF36250CU43A ...............87

RKF36250CU44A ...............87

RKF36250CU63AE1 ..........87

RKF36250CU64AE1 ..........87

RKF36250CU73AE1 ..........87

RKF36250CU74AE1 ..........87

RKF36250U31A .................85

RKF36250U33A .................85

RKF36250U41A .................85

RKF36250U43A .................85

RKF36250U44A .................85

RKF36250U63AE1 .............85

RKF36250U64AE1 .............85

RKF36250U73AE1 .............85

RKF36250U74AE1 .............85

RKF36300CU31A ...............87

RKF36300CU33A ...............87

RKF36300CU41A ...............87

RKF36300CU43A ...............87

RKF36300CU44A ...............87

RKF36300CU63AE1 ..........87

RKF36300CU64AE1 ..........87

RKF36300CU73AE1 ..........87

RKF36300CU74AE1 ..........87

RKF36300U31A .................85

RKF36300U33A .................85

RKF36300U41A .................85

RKF36300U43A .................85

RKF36300U44A .................85

RKF36300U63AE1 .............85

RKF36300U64AE1 .............85

RKF36300U73AE1 .............85

RKF36300U74AE1 .............85

RKF363200U73AE1 ...........85

RL3TB .............................. 90

RL3TB1 ............................ 90

RL3TB4 ............................ 90

RLA36100CU31A ............ 88

RLA36100CU33A ............ 88

RLA36100CU41A ............ 88

RLA36100CU43A ............ 88

RLA36100CU44A ............ 88

RLA36100CU63AE1 ........ 88

RLA36100CU64AE1 ........ 88

RLA36100CU73AE1 ........ 88

RLA36100CU74AE1 ........ 88

RLA36120CU31A ............ 88

RLA36120CU33A ............ 88

RLA36120CU41A ............ 88

RLA36120CU43A ............ 88

RLA36120CU44A ............ 88

RLA36120CU63AE1 ........ 88

RLA36120CU64AE1 ........ 88

RLA36120CU73AE1 ........ 88

RLA36120CU74AE1 ........ 88

RLF36000S12 .................. 89

RLF36000S16 .................. 89

RLF36000S20 .................. 89

RLF36000S25 .................. 89

RLF36000S30 .................. 89

RLF36060CU31A ...............86

RLF36060CU33A ...............86

RLF36060CU41A ...............86

RLF36060CU43A ...............86

RLF36060CU44A ...............86

RLF36060CU63AE1 ..........86

RLF36060CU64AE1 ..........86

RLF36060CU73AE1 ..........86

RLF36060CU74AE1 ..........86

RLF36060U31A ..................84

RLF36060U33A ..................84

RLF36060U41A ..................84

RLF36060U43A ..................84

RLF36060U44A ..................84

RLF36060U63AE1 .............84

RLF36060U64AE1 .............84

RLF36060U73AE1 .............84

RLF36060U74AE1 .............84

RLF36080CU31A ...............86

RLF36080CU33A ...............86

RLF36080CU41A ...............86

RLF36080CU43A ...............86

RLF36080CU44A ...............86

RLF36080CU63AE1 ..........86

RLF36080CU64AE1 ..........86

RLF36080CU73AE1 ..........86

RLF36080CU74AE1 ..........86

RLF36080U31A ..................84

RLF36080U33A ..................84

RLF36080U41A ..................84

RLF36080U43A ..................84

RLF36080U44A ..................84

RLF36080U63AE1 .............84

RLF36080U64AE1 .............84

RLF36080U73AE1 .............84

RLF36080U74AE1 .............84

RLF36100CU31A ...............86

RLF36100CU33A ...............86

RLF36100CU41A ...............86

RLF36100CU43A ...............86

RLF36100CU44A ...............86

RLF36100CU63AE1 ..........86

RLF36100CU64AE1 ..........86

RLF36100CU73AE1 ..........86

RLF36100CU74AE1 ..........86

RLF36100U31A ..................84

RLF36100U33A ..................84

RLF36100U41A ..................84

RLF36100U43A ..................84

RLF36100U44A ..................84

RLF36100U63AE1 .............84

RLF36100U64AE1 .............84

RLF36100U73AE1 .............84

RLF36100U74AE1 .............84

RLF36120 ........................ 84

RLF36120CU31A ...............86

RLF36120CU33A ...............86

RLF36120CU41A ...............86

RLF36120CU43A ...............86

RLF36120CU44A ...............86

RLF36120CU63AE1 ..........86

RLF36120CU64AE1 ..........86

RLF36120CU73AE1 ..........86

RLF36120CU74AE1 ..........86

RLF36120U31A .................84

RLF36120U33A .................84

RLF36120U41A .................84

RLF36120U43A .................84

RLF36120U44A .................84

RLF36120U63AE1 .............84

RLF36120U64AE1 .............84

RLF36120U73AE1 .............84

RLF36120U74AE1 .............84

RLF36160 ........................... 85

RLF36160CU31A ...............87

RLF36160CU33A ...............87

RLF36160CU41A ...............87

RLF36160CU43A ...............87

RLF36160CU44A ...............87

RLF36160CU63AE1 ..........87

RLF36160CU64AE1 ..........87

RLF36160CU73AE1 ..........87

RLF36160CU74AE1 ..........87

RLF36160U31A .................85

RLF36160U33A .................85

RLF36160U41A .................85

RLF36160U43A .................85

RLF36160U44A .................85

RLF36160U63AE1 .............85

RLF36160U64AE1 .............85

RLF36160U73AE1 .............85

RLF36160U74AE1 .............85

RLF36200 ........................... 85

RLF36200CU31A ...............87

RLF36200CU33A ...............87

RLF36200CU41A ...............87

RLF36200CU43A ...............87

RLF36200CU44A ...............87

RLF36200CU63AE1 ..........87

RLF36200CU64AE1 ..........87

RLF36200CU73AE1 ..........87

RLF36200CU74AE1 ..........87

RLF36200U31A .................85

RLF36200U33A .................85

RLF36200U41A .................85

RLF36200U43A .................85

RLF36200U44A .................85

RLF36200U63AE1 .............85

RLF36200U64AE1 .............85

RLF36200U73AE1 .............85

RLF36200U74AE1 .............85

RLF36250 ........................... 85

RLF36250CU31A ...............87

RLF36250CU33A ...............87

RLF36250CU41A ...............87

RLF36250CU43A ...............87

RLF36250CU44A ...............87

RLF36250CU63AE1 ..........87

RLF36250CU64AE1 ..........87

RLF36250CU73AE1 ..........87

RLF36250CU74AE1 ..........87

RLF36250U31A .................85

RLF36250U33A .................85

RLF36250U41A .................85

RLF36250U43A .................85

RLF36250U44A .................85

RLF36250U63AE1 .............85

RLF36250U64AE1 .............85

RLF36250U73AE1 .............85

RLF36250U74AE1 .............85

RLF36300CU31A ...............87

RLF36300CU33A ...............87

RLF36300CU41A ...............87

RLF36300CU43A ............... 87

RLF36300CU44A ............... 87

RLF36300CU63AE1 .......... 87

RLF36300CU64AE1 .......... 87

RLF36300CU73AE1 .......... 87

RLF36300CU74AE1 .......... 87

RLF36300U31A ................. 85

RLF36300U33A ................. 85

RLF36300U41A ................. 85

RLF36300U43A ................. 85

RLF36300U44A ................. 85

RLF36300U63AE1 ............. 85

RLF36300U73AE1 ............. 85

RLF36300U74AE1 ............. 85

RLTB ................................ 90

RLTB1 ..............................90

RLTB4 .............................. 90

RLTBE .............................97

RLTBE4 ........................... 97

S131A ............................ 106

S132R ............................ 106

S133A ............................ 106

S141A ............................ 106

S142R ............................ 106

S143A ............................ 106

S144A ............................ 106

S163A ............................ 106

S164A ............................ 106

S173A ............................ 106

S174A ............................ 106

S29450 ..........................104

S29452 ..........................104

S32631 ..........................118

S33033 ..........................105

S33034 ..........................105

S33035 ..........................105

S33036 ..........................105

S33038 ..........................105

S33091 ..........................108

S33092 ..........................108

S33093 ..........................108

S33094 ..........................108

S33095 ..........................108

S33100 ..........................107

S33100 ..........................109

S33170 ..........................120

S33171 ..........................120

S33542 ..........................108

S33543 ..........................108

S33544 ..........................108

S33545 ..........................108

S33575 ..........................107

S33576 ..........................107

S33579 ..........................107

S33592 ..........................106

S33593 ..........................109

S33594 ..........................112

S33595 .......................... 112

S33646 .......................... 116

S33659 .......................... 105

S33660 .......................... 105

S33661 .......................... 105

S33662 .......................... 105

S33664 .......................... 105

S33680 .......................... 103

S33681 .......................... 103

S33682 .......................... 103

S33683 .......................... 103

S33684 .......................... 103

S33685 .......................... 103

S33717 .......................... 117

S33718 .......................... 117

S33767 .......................... 121

S33772 .......................... 121

S33788 .......................... 121

S33857 .......................... 117

S33857 .......................... 121

S33859 .......................... 121

S33875 .......................... 117

S33890 .......................... 118

S33929 .......................... 117

S33982 .......................... 108

S33983 .......................... 108

S33984 .......................... 108

S33996 .......................... 118

S33997 .......................... 117

S33998 .......................... 116

S34036 .......................... 107

S44936 .......................... 118

S46996 .......................... 117

S46998 .......................... 117

S47052 .......................... 108

S47053 .......................... 108

S47067 .......................... 106

S47390 .......................... 105

S47391 .......................... 105

S47392 .......................... 105

S47393 .......................... 105

S47395 .......................... 105

S47396 .......................... 105

S47398 .......................... 105

S48182 .......................... 107

S48818 .......................... 108

S48819 .......................... 108

S48820 .......................... 108

S48823 .......................... 108

S48824 .......................... 108

S48825 .......................... 108

S48836 .......................... 108

S48837 .......................... 108

S48838 .......................... 108

S48839 .......................... 108

S48840 .......................... 108

S48855 .......................... 112

S48856 .......................... 112

S48891 .......................... 107

S48896 .......................... 107

S48907 .......................... 112

S48908 .......................... 112

S48916 .......................... 107

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

190

02/2016

™

S48933 .......................... 121

S64201 .......................... 109

S64202 .......................... 109

S64203 .......................... 109

S64204 .......................... 109

S64205 .......................... 109

S64206 .......................... 109

S64207 .......................... 109

S64208 .......................... 109

S64209 .......................... 109

S64210 .......................... 109

S64273 .......................... 109

YA1200R3 ..................... 115

YA1200R5 ..................... 115

YA1200R7 ..................... 115

YA2500R7 ..................... 115

YA250P3 ....................... 115

YA300P5 ....................... 115

YA400P3 ....................... 115

YA400P7 ....................... 115

YA600P5 ....................... 115

YA800P7 ....................... 115

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

1415 S. Roselle Road

Palatine, IL 60067 USA

1-888-778-2733

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric Canada, Inc.

5985 McLaughlin Road

Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8 Canada

Tel:1-800-565-6699

www.schneider-electric.ca

02/2016

Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact, and Micrologic are trademarks owned by Schneider

Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their

respective owners.

0612CT0101 R02/16 Replaces 0612CT0101 R09/15

0612CT0101R0216 1000307577 Catalog

1000442451-Catalog 1 1000442451-Catalog_1 1000442451-Catalog_1 B2 unilog cesco-content

1000471463-Brochure 1000471463-Brochure 1000471463-Brochure B4 unilog cesco-content

161135-Catalog 161135-Catalog 161135-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

138556-Brochure 138556-Brochure 138556-Brochure B5 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation